diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src')
16 files changed, 0 insertions, 20421 deletions
diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c deleted file mode 100644 index 19a4699..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,526 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief HAL module driver. - * This is the common part of the HAL initialization - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be - used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. - [..] - The HAL contains two APIs' categories: - (+) Common HAL APIs - (+) Services HAL APIs - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL HAL - * @brief HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief STM32F1xx HAL Driver version number - */ -#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ -#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ -#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x04) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ -#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ -#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ - |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ - |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\ - |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) - -#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables - * @{ - */ - -static __IO uint32_t uwTick; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock - configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout - is needed and the backup domain when enabled. - (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL. - (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated - Tick interrupt priority. - (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user - can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose - timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base - duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and - handled in milliseconds basis. - (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically - at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time - when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). - (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular - time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a - peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority - (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller - ISR process will be blocked. - (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak - to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch, - * Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware - * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before - * the clock configuration - * @note The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when exiting from Reset. - * Once done, time base tick start incrementing. - * In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base. - * The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) -{ - /* Configure Flash prefetch */ -#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) -#if defined(STM32F101x6) || defined(STM32F101xB) || defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || \ - defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ - defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - - /* Prefetch buffer is not available on value line devices */ - __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); -#endif -#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ - - /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */ - HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4); - - /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */ - HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY); - - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_MspInit(); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source - * of time base. - * @note This function is optional. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Reset of all peripherals */ - __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); - - __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); - -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET(); -#endif - - /* De-Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_MspDeInit(); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the MSP. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. - * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated - * Tick interrupt priority. - * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after - * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). - * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. - * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. - * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, - * The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) - * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. - * The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementation in user file. - * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. - * @retval HAL status - */ -__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) -{ - /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ - HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000); - - /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions - * @brief HAL Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### HAL Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond - (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond - (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt - (+) Resume the time base source interrupt - (+) Get the HAL API driver version - (+) Get the device identifier - (+) Get the device revision identifier - (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode - (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode - (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" - * used as application time base. - * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms - * in Systick ISR. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) -{ - uwTick++; -} - -/** - * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval tick value - */ -__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) -{ - return uwTick; -} - -/** - * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based - * on variable incremented. - * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. - * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick - * is incremented. - * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay) - { - } -} - -/** - * @brief Suspend Tick increment. - * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is - * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() - * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment - * is suspended. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) -{ - /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ - CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); -} - -/** - * @brief Resume Tick increment. - * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is - * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() - * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment - * is resumed. - * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other - * implementations in user file. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) -{ - /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ - SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); -} - -/** - * @brief This method returns the HAL revision - * @retval version: 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) - */ -uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) -{ - return __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval Device revision identifier - */ -uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) -{ - return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> POSITION_VAL(DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the device identifier. - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval Device identifier - */ -uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) -{ - return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) -{ - SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * Note: On all STM32F1 devices: - * If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode - * debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup - * the system from Stop mode. - * Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer - * interrupt. - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * Note: On all STM32F1 devices: - * If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode - * debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup - * the system from Stop mode. - * Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer - * interrupt. - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) -{ - SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) -{ - SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode - * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, - * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, - * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G - * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 - * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in - * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). - * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 836503c..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,494 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the CORTEX: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - * @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] - *** How to configure Interrupts using Cortex HAL driver *** - =========================================================== - [..] - This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). - The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. - - (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() - function according to the following table. - - The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according - to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function. - ========================================================================================================================== - NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description - ========================================================================================================================== - NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority - | | | 4 bits for subpriority - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority - | | | 3 bits for subpriority - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority - | | | 2 bits for subpriority - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority - | | | 1 bits for subpriority - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority - | | | 0 bits for subpriority - ========================================================================================================================== - (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - - (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - - - -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. - The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. - - -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): - (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority - (+@) Lowest sub priority - (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) - - [..] - *** How to configure Systick using Cortex HAL driver *** - ======================================================== - [..] - Setup SysTick Timer for 1 msec interrupts. - - (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which - is a CMSIS function that: - (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. - (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F). - (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. - (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). - (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. - (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. - - (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the function - HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the - HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. - - (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the - HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function - call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. - - (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: - - Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) - (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function - (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX - * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provide the Cortex HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts - Systick functionalities - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Sets the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority) - * using the required unlock sequence. - * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority - * 4 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority - * 3 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority - * 2 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority - * 1 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority - * 0 bits for subpriority - * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. - * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); - - /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */ - NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. - * @param IRQn: External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel. - * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 - * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority - * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. - * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 - * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) -{ - uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority)); - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); - - prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); - - NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. - * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() - * function should be called before. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - /* Enable interrupt */ - NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); - - - /* Disable interrupt */ - NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) -{ - /* System Reset */ - NVIC_SystemReset(); -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. - * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. - * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. - * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. - * - 1 Function failed. - */ -uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) -{ - return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Cortex control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX - (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) -/** - * @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected. - * @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the initialization and configuration information. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable)); - - /* Set the Region number */ - MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number; - - if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable)); - assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size)); - - MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress; - MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) | - ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos); - } - else - { - MPU->RBAR = 0x00; - MPU->RASR = 0x00; - } -} -#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */ - -/** - * @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. - * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field) - */ -uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) -{ - /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */ - return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); -} - -/** - * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. - * @param IRQn: External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority - * 4 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority - * 3 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority - * 2 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority - * 1 bits for subpriority - * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority - * 0 bits for subpriority - * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). - * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); - /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ - NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority); -} - -/** - * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Set interrupt pending */ - NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC - * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt). - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. - * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. - */ -uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ - return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Clear pending interrupt */ - NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit). - * @param IRQn External interrupt number - * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration - * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) - * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. - * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. - */ -uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) -{ - /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ - return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. - * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. - * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); - if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) - { - SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; - } - else - { - SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) -{ - HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); -} - -/** - * @brief SYSTICK callback. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c deleted file mode 100644 index a249c81..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,709 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief DMA HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral State and errors functions - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel - (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is - necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals - and DMA requests. - - (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters: - Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, - Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode, - using HAL_DMA_Init() function. - - (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error - detection. - - (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer - - -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source - address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred - (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this - case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() - (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() - (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of - Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. - In this case the DMA interrupt is configured - (+) Use HAL_DMAy_Channelx_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine - (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can - add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and - XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). - - *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel. - (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel. - (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags. - (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. - (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not. - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA DMA - * @brief DMA HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Constants DMA Private Constants - * @{ - */ -#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source - and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, - circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value. - [..] - The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in - reference manual. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified - * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ - if(hdma == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); - assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); - - if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - } - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Get the CR register value */ - tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR; - - /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */ - tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \ - DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \ - DMA_CCR_DIR)); - - /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */ - tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction | - hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | - hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | - hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; - - /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */ - hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp; - - /* Initialise the error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DMA state*/ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ - if(hdma == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); - - /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ - if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Reset DMA Channel control register */ - hdma->Instance->CCR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */ - hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */ - hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0; - - /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */ - hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0; - - /* Clear all flags */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Initialize the error code */ - hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Initialize the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions - * @brief I/O operation functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer - (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and - Start DMA transfer with interrupt - (+) Abort DMA transfer - (+) Poll for transfer complete - (+) Handle DMA interrupt request - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the DMA Transfer. - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ - DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Process locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(hdma); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ - DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); - - /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); - - /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); - - /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer. - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * - * @note After disabling a DMA Channel, a check for wait until the DMA Channel is - * effectively disabled is added. If a Channel is disabled - * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred - * and the Channel will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of - * this single data is finished. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; - - /* Disable the channel */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Check if the DMA Channel is effectively disabled */ - while((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_EN) != 0) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT) - { - /* Update error code */ - SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT); - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Polling for transfer complete. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete. - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t temp; - uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; - - /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ - if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) - { - /* Transfer Complete flag */ - temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); - } - else - { - /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ - temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); - } - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET) - { - if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)) - { - /* Clear the transfer error flags */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE); - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) - { - /* Update error code */ - SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT); - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) - { - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and - all transfers are complete) */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; - - } - else - { - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and - all transfers of half buffer are complete) */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF; - } - - /* Process unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Handles DMA interrupt request. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); - - /* Clear the transfer error flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE); - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer error callback */ - hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - - /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ - if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); - } - /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Change DMA peripheral state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF; - - if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Half transfer callback */ - hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); - } - } - } - - /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET) - { - if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0) - { - /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */ - __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); - } - /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ - __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); - - /* Update error code */ - SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE); - - /* Change the DMA state */ - hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); - - if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) - { - /* Transfer complete callback */ - hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### State and Errors functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides functions allowing to - (+) Check the DMA state - (+) Get error code - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the DMA state. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - return hdma->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the DMA error code - * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @retval DMA Error Code - */ -uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - return hdma->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. - * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. - * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address - * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address - * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination - * @retval HAL status - */ -static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) -{ - /* Configure DMA Channel data length */ - hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength; - - /* Peripheral to Memory */ - if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) - { - /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ - hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress; - - /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ - hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress; - } - /* Memory to Peripheral */ - else - { - /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ - hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress; - - /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ - hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c deleted file mode 100644 index b59e08c..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,974 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: - * + Program operations functions - * + Memory Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses - to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations - and the read and write protection mechanisms. - - [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction - prefetch. - - [..] The FLASH main features are: - (+) Flash memory read operations - (+) Flash memory program/erase operations - (+) Read / write protections - (+) Prefetch on I-Code - (+) Option Bytes programming - - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH - memory of all STM32F1xx devices. - - (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed - functions to erase and program the main memory: - (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface - (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages - (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword - - (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed - functions to manage the Option Bytes: - (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes - (++) Set/Reset the write protection - (++) Set the Read protection Level - (++) Program the user Option Bytes - (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader - (++) Erase Option Bytes - (++) Program the data Option Bytes - (++) Get the Write protection. - (++) Get the user option bytes. - - (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group - includes all needed functions to: - (++) Handle FLASH interrupts - (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status - (++) Get error flag status - - [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing - to handle the following operations: - - (+) Set/Get the latency - (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer - (+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access - (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts - (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH - * @brief FLASH HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables - * @{ - */ -/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ -FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); -static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions - * @brief Programming operation functions - * -@verbatim -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address - * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface - * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this - * is when 0x0000 is programmed) - * - * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. - * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program - * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed - * - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - uint8_t index = 0; - uint8_t nbiterations = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) - { -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - } - else - { - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) - { - /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ - nbiterations = 1; - } - else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) - { - /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */ - nbiterations = 2; - } - else - { - /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */ - nbiterations = 4; - } - - for (index = 0; index < nbiterations; index++) - { - FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16*index))); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) - { -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - } - else - { - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); - } -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* In case of error, stop programation procedure */ - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - break; - } - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. - * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface - * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface - * - * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, - * the erase operation is performed before the program one. - * - * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. - * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program - * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed - * - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ - if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) - { - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1); - - }else - { - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); - } -#else - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - pFlash.Address = Address; - pFlash.Data = Data; - - if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) - { - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD; - /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - pFlash.DataRemaining = 1; - } - else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) - { - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD; - /*Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - pFlash.DataRemaining = 2; - } - else - { - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD; - /*Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - pFlash.DataRemaining = 4; - } - - /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) -{ - uint32_t addresstmp = 0; - - /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK1) || \ - (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))) -#else - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - { - /*return the faulty address*/ - addresstmp = pFlash.Address; - /* Reset address */ - pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /*Save the Error code*/ - FLASH_SetErrorCode(); - - /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp); - - /* Stop the procedure ongoing*/ - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - } - - /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1)) - { - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1); -#else - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) - { - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) - { - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) - { - /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ - pFlash.DataRemaining--; - - /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/ - if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) - { - addresstmp = pFlash.Address; - /*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); - - /*Increment sector number*/ - addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; - pFlash.Address = addresstmp; - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); - - FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); - } - else - { - /*No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called.*/ - /*Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure*/ - pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFF; - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); - } - } - else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) - { - /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* Stop Mass Erase procedure if no pending mass erase on other bank */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER)) - { -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/ - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0); - - /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/ - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - } -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - } -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - else - { - /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ - pFlash.DataRemaining--; - - /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ - if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) - { - /* Increment address to 16-bit */ - pFlash.Address += 2; - addresstmp = pFlash.Address; - - /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ - pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16); - - /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); - - /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); - } - else - { - /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) - { - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); - } - else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) - { - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2); - } - else - { - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6); - } - - /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/ - pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - } - } - } - } - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG( FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2)) - { - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2); - - /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) - { - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) - { - /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ - pFlash.DataRemaining--; - - /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/ - if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) - { - /* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); - - /* Increment page address to next page */ - pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; - addresstmp = pFlash.Address; - - /* Operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); - - FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); - } - else - { - /*No more pages to Erase*/ - - /*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/ - pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); - } - } - else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) - { - /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); - - if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER)) - { - /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/ - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0); - - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - } - } - else - { - /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ - pFlash.DataRemaining--; - - /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ - if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) - { - /* Increment address to 16-bit */ - pFlash.Address += 2; - addresstmp = pFlash.Address; - - /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ - pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16); - - /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); - - /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ - FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); - } - else - { - /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ - /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ - if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) - { - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); - } - else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) - { - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2); - } - else - { - HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6); - } - - /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/ - pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; - } - } - } - } -#endif - - if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) - { -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits for both bank */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, (FLASH_CR2_PG | FLASH_CR2_PER | FLASH_CR2_MER)); - - /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts for both banks */ - __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); -#else - /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); - - /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ - __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - } -} - - -/** - * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback - * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure - * - Mass Erase: No return value expected - * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased - * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased) - * - Program: Address which was selected for data program - * @retval none - */ -__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(ReturnValue); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback - * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure - * - Mass Erase: No return value expected - * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error - * - Program: Address which was selected for data program - * @retval none - */ -__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(ReturnValue); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH - memory operations. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) -{ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK)) - { - /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ - WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1); - WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2); - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK)) - { - /* Authorize the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */ - WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1); - WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2); - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) -{ - /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) -{ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE)) - { - /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ - WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1); - WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2); - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. - * @retval HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) -{ - /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Launch the option byte loading. - * @note This function will reset automatically the MCU. - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) -{ - /* Initiates a system reset request to launch the option byte loading */ - HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the FLASH peripheral. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. - * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be: - * @ref FLASH_Error_Codes - */ -uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) -{ - return pFlash.ErrorCode; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address. - * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. - * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) -{ - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) - { -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* Proceed to program the new data */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - } - else - { - /* Proceed to program the new data */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); - } -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - /* Write data in the address */ - *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; -} - -/** - * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. - * @param Timeout: maximum flash operation timeout - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. - Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error - flag will be set */ - - uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) - { - if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ - if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) - { - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || - __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || - __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) - { - /*Save the error code*/ - FLASH_SetErrorCode(); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* If there is no error flag set */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) -/** - * @brief Wait for a FLASH BANK2 operation to complete. - * @param Timeout: maximum flash operation timeout - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(uint32_t Timeout) -{ - /* Wait for the FLASH BANK2 operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. - Even if the FLASH BANK2 operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error - flag will be set */ - - uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2)) - { - if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ - if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2)) - { - /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2); - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)) - { - /*Save the error code*/ - FLASH_SetErrorCode(); - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* If there is an error flag set */ - return HAL_OK; - -} -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - -/** - * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) -{ -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2)) -#else - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)) -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; - } -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)) -#else - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG; - } - - if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR)) - { - pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV; - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR); - } - - /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2); -#else - __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0416efe..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1140 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: - * + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + Extended I/O operation functions - * + Extended Peripheral Control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Flash peripheral extended features ##### - ============================================================================== - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory - of all STM32F1xxx devices. It includes - - (++) Set/Reset the write protection - (++) Program the user Option Bytes - (++) Get the Read protection Level - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED - -/** @addtogroup FLASH - * @{ - */ -/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables - * @{ - */ -/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ -extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx - * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants - * @{ - */ -#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW) -#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA0) -#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA1) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions - * @{ - */ -/* Erase operations */ -static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks); - -/* Option bytes control */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); -static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); -static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions - * @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions ##### - ============================================================================== - - [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions: - (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done - (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback - is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF - - [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps: - (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and - program memory access. - (#) Call the desired function to erase page. - (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access - (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages - * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function - * must be called before. - * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access - * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) - * @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the erasing. - * - * @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that - * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error - * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased) - * - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - uint32_t address = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); - - if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) - { -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if (pEraseInit->Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) - { - /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 and Bank2 */ - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - if ((FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) && \ - (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)) - { - /*Mass erase to be done*/ - FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_BOTH); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - if ((FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) && \ - (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)) - { - status = HAL_OK; - } - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); - } - } - else if (pEraseInit->Banks == FLASH_BANK_2) - { - /* Mass Erase requested for Bank2 */ - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) - { - /*Mass erase to be done*/ - FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_2); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); - } - } - else -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - { - /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */ - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) - { - /*Mass erase to be done*/ - FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_1); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); - } - } - } - else - { - /* Page Erase is requested */ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank2 */ - if(pEraseInit->PageAddress > FLASH_BANK1_END) - { - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) - { - /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ - *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Erase by page by page to be done*/ - for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; - address < (pEraseInit->PageAddress + (pEraseInit->NbPages)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE); - address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) - { - FLASH_PageErase(address); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); - - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ - *PageError = address; - break; - } - } - } - } - else -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - { - /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */ - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) - { - /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ - *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Erase page by page to be done*/ - for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; - address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress); - address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) - { - FLASH_PageErase(address); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); - - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ - *PageError = address; - break; - } - } - } - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled - * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function - * must be called before. - * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access - * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) - * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the erasing. - * - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ - if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); - - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ - __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); - -#endif - if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) - { - /*Mass erase to be done*/ - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE; - FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks); - } - else - { - /* Erase by page to be done*/ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); - - pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE; - pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages; - pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; - - /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/ - FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions - * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH - option bytes operations. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. - * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes - * (system reset will occur) - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void) -{ - uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ - rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ - status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp); - } - } - - /* Return the erase status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Program option bytes - * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes - * (system reset will occur) - * - * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that - * contains the configuration information for the programming. - * - * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); - - /* Write protection configuration */ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) - { - assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); - if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE) - { - /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */ - status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); - } - else - { - /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */ - status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); - } - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - return status; - } - } - - /* Read protection configuration */ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) - { - status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - return status; - } - } - - /* USER configuration */ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) - { - status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig); - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - return status; - } - } - - /* DATA configuration*/ - if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA) - { - status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData); - if (status != HAL_OK) - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - return status; - } - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the Option byte configuration - * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that - * contains the configuration information for the programming. - * - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) -{ - pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER; - - /*Get WRP*/ - pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); - - /*Get RDP Level*/ - pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); - - /*Get USER*/ - pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); -} - -/** - * @brief Get the Option byte user data - * @param DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0 - * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1 - * @retval Value programmed in USER data - */ -uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress) -{ - uint32_t value = 0; - - if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0) - { - /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */ - value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT; - } - else - { - /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */ - value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT; - } - - return value; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory Bank - * @param Banks Banks to be erased - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_1 Bank1 to be erased - @if STM32F101xG - * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_2 Bank2 to be erased - * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_BOTH Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased - @endif - @if STM32F103xG - * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_2 Bank2 to be erased - * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_BOTH Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased - @endif - * - * @retval None - */ -static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); - - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) - { - /* bank1 & bank2 will be erased*/ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); - } - else if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_2) - { - /*Only bank2 will be erased*/ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); - } - else - { -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* Only bank1 will be erased*/ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - } -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ -} - -/** - * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages - * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * - * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected. - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF; -#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) - uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; -#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ -#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) - uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF; -#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ -#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) - uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; -#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); - - /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/ - WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage)); - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) - WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) - WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) - WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) - WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) - WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) >> 16); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK */ -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) - WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) >> 24); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) >> 24); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK */ - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ - status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable write protection */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP0_WRP0) - if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) - { - OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP0_WRP0 */ - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) - if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) - if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) - if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - } - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages - * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. - * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), - * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if - * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 - * - * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected. - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF; -#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) - uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; -#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ -#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) - uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF; -#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ -#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) - uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; -#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); - - /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/ - WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage); - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) - WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) - WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) - WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) - WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) - WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) >> 16); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK */ -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) - WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ - -#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) >> 24); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) >> 24); -#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) - WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24); -#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK */ - - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ - status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); - if (status == HAL_OK) - { - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP0_WRP0) - if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) - { - OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP0_WRP0 */ - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) - if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) - if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ - -#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) - if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF)) - { - OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - } -#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - } - } - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the read protection level. - * @param ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection - * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - - WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - } - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte. - * @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) - * @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW(Bit2), - * FLASH_OBR_nRST_STOP(Bit3),FLASH_OBR_nRST_STDBY(Bit4). - * And BFBF2(Bit5) for STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG . - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW))); - assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST))); - assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST))); -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET))); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0xF0); -#else - OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88); -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - } - - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. - * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes - * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes - * (system reset will occur) - * Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) - * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. - * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. - * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - if(status == HAL_OK) - { - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - - /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; - - /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ - status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); - - /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); - } - /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ - return status; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. - * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value - */ -static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) -{ - /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ - return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. - * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection - * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory - */ -static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) -{ - uint32_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; - uint32_t tmp_reg = 0; - - /* Read RDP level bits */ - tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT); - - if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT) - { - readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1; - } - else - { - readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; - } - - return readstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. - * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW(Bit2), - * FLASH_OBR_nRST_STOP(Bit3),FLASH_OBR_nRST_STDBY(Bit4). - * And FLASH_OBR_BFB2(Bit5) for STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG . - */ -static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) -{ - /* Return the User Option Byte */ - return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup FLASH - * @{ - */ - -/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page - * @param PageAddress FLASH page to erase - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * - * @retval None - */ -void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress) -{ - /* Clean the error context */ - pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; - -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - if(PageAddress > FLASH_BANK1_END) - { - /* Proceed to erase the page */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); - WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR2, PageAddress); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); - } - else - { -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ - /* Proceed to erase the page */ - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); - WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress); - SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); -#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) - } -#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4e7c78a..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,597 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each - port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software - in several modes: - (+) Input mode - (+) Analog mode - (+) Output mode - (+) Alternate function mode - (+) External interrupt/event lines - - [..] - During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt - lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. - - [..] - All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be - activated or not. - - [..] - In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull - type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. - - [..] - All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt - lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are - connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. - - [..] - The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 20 edge detectors in connectivity - line devices, or 19 edge detectors in other devices for generating event/interrupt requests. - Each input line can be independently configured to select the type (event or interrupt) and - the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also masked - independently. A pending register maintains the status line of the interrupt requests - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Enable the GPIO APB2 clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). - - (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). - (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure - (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef - structure. - (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is - configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure - (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel - or DAC output. - (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from - GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and - the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). - - (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority - mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using - HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). - - (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). - - (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use - HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). - - (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). - - (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not - active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG - pins). - - (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose - (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has - priority over the GPIO function. - - (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as - general purpose PD0 and PD1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. - The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO - * @brief GPIO HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants - * @{ - */ - -#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003) -#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) -#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000) -#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) -#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) -#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16) - -/* Definitions for bit manipulation of CRL and CRH register */ -#define GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 00: Input mode (reset state) */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 00: Analog mode */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 01: Floating input (reset state) */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 10: Input with pull-up / pull-down */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 00: General purpose output push-pull */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 01: General purpose output Open-drain */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 10: Alternate function output Push-pull */ -#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< 11: Alternate function output Open-drain */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and deinitialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and deinitialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs - to be ready for use. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral - * @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) -{ - uint32_t position; - uint32_t ioposition = 0x00; - uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; - uint32_t temp = 0x00; - uint32_t config = 0x00; - __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */ - uint32_t registeroffset = 0; /* offset used during computation of CNF and MODE bits placement inside CRL or CRH register */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); - - /* Configure the port pins */ - for (position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) - { - /* Get the IO position */ - ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position; - - /* Get the current IO position */ - iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition; - - if (iocurrent == ioposition) - { - /* Check the Alternate function parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); - - /* Based on the required mode, filling config variable with MODEy[1:0] and CNFy[3:2] corresponding bits */ - switch (GPIO_Init->Mode) - { - /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT push-pull mode */ - case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP: - /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); - config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP; - break; - - /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT open-drain mode */ - case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD: - /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); - config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD; - break; - - /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION push-pull mode */ - case GPIO_MODE_AF_PP: - /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); - config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP; - break; - - /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION open-drain mode */ - case GPIO_MODE_AF_OD: - /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); - config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD; - break; - - /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT (also applicable to EVENT and IT mode) */ - case GPIO_MODE_INPUT: - case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING: - case GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING: - case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING: - case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING: - case GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING: - case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: - /* Check the GPIO pull parameter */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); - if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_NOPULL) - { - config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING; - } - else if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_PULLUP) - { - config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD; - - /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ - GPIOx->BSRR = ioposition; - } - else /* GPIO_PULLDOWN */ - { - config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD; - - /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ - GPIOx->BRR = ioposition; - } - break; - - /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT analog mode */ - case GPIO_MODE_ANALOG: - config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG; - break; - - /* Parameters are checked with assert_param */ - default: - break; - } - - /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number - in order to address CRH or CRL register*/ - configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH; - registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2) : ((position - 8) << 2); - - /* Apply the new configuration of the pin to the register */ - MODIFY_REG((*configregister), ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), (config << registeroffset)); - - /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ - /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) - { - /* Enable AFIO Clock */ - __HAL_RCC_AFIO_CLK_ENABLE(); - temp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2]; - CLEAR_BIT(temp, ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); - SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); - AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp; - - - /* Configure the interrupt mask */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) - { - SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); - } - - /* Configure the event mask */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) - { - SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); - } - - /* Enable or disable the rising trigger */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) - { - SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); - } - - /* Enable or disable the falling trigger */ - if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) - { - SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); - } - else - { - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); - } - } - } - } -} - -/** - * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. - * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - uint32_t position = 0x00; - uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; - uint32_t tmp = 0x00; - __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */ - uint32_t registeroffset = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - /* Configure the port pins */ - while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0) - { - /* Get current io position */ - iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ((uint32_t)1 << position); - - if (iocurrent) - { - /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number - in order to address CRH or CRL register */ - configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH; - registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2) : ((position - 8) << 2); - - /* CRL/CRH default value is floating input(0x04) shifted to correct position */ - MODIFY_REG(*configregister, ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), GPIO_CRL_CNF0_0 << registeroffset); - - /* ODR default value is 0 */ - CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->ODR, iocurrent); - - /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ - /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */ - - tmp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2]; - tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); - if(tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4 * (position & 0x03)))) - { - tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)); - CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2], tmp); - - /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); - - /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); - CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); - } - } - - position++; - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief GPIO Read and Write - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the GPIOs. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. - * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @retval The input port pin value. - */ -GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - GPIO_PinState bitstatus; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) - { - bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; - } - else - { - bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; - } - return bitstatus; -} - -/** - * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. - * - * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify - * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between - * the read and the modify access. - * - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral - * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. - * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). - * @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. - * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: - * @arg GPIO_BIT_RESET: to clear the port pin - * @arg GPIO_BIT_SET: to set the port pin - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); - - if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) - { - GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; - } - else - { - GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pin - * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; -} - -/** -* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. -* @note The locking mechanism allows the IO configuration to be frozen. When the LOCK sequence -* has been applied on a port bit, it is no longer possible to modify the value of the port bit until -* the next reset. -* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral -* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. -* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). -* @retval None -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); - assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); - - /* Apply lock key write sequence */ - SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin); - /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ - GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; - /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ - GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; - /* Read LCKK bit*/ - tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; - - if((uint32_t)(GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK)) - { - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request. - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ - if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) - { - __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); - HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); - } -} - -/** - * @brief EXTI line detection callback - * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(GPIO_Pin); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index da0b4a5..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief GPIO Extension HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) extension peripheral. - * + Extended features functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### GPIO Peripheral extension features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] GPIO module on STM32F1 family, manage also the AFIO register: - (+) Possibility to use the EVENTOUT Cortex feature - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This driver provides functions to use EVENTOUT Cortex feature - (#) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout() - (#) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout() - (#) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx - * @brief GPIO HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED - -/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions GPIOEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions - * @brief Extended features functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extended features functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout() - (+) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout() - (+) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout() - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the port and pin on which the EVENTOUT Cortex signal will be connected. - * @param GPIO_PortSource Select the port used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal. - * This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PORT. - * @param GPIO_PinSource Select the pin used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal. - * This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PIN. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout(uint32_t GPIO_PortSource, uint32_t GPIO_PinSource) -{ - /* Verify the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PORT(GPIO_PortSource)); - assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PIN(GPIO_PinSource)); - - /* Apply the new configuration */ - MODIFY_REG(AFIO->EVCR, (AFIO_EVCR_PORT)|(AFIO_EVCR_PIN), (GPIO_PortSource)|(GPIO_PinSource)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Event Output. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout(void) -{ - SET_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE); -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Event Output. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout(void) -{ - CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c deleted file mode 100644 index 42d38ae..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1440 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief PCD HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: - PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd; - - (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle - - (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...) - - (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macro - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB Device FS peripheral available - on STM32F102xx and STM32F103xx devices - (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB OTG FS peripheral available - on STM32F105xx and STM32F107xx devices - - (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks - (##) Configure PCD pin-out - (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt - - (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver: - (##) hpcd.pData = pdev; - - (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: - (##) HAL_PCD_Start(); - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - - - -#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ - defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - -/** @defgroup PCD PCD - * @brief PCD HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros - * @{ - */ -#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions - * @{ - */ -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) -static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum); -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -#if defined (USB) -static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd); -#endif /* USB */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified - * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ - if(hpcd == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance)); - - if(hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ - HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd); - } - - hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Interrupts */ - __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); - - /*Init the Core (common init.) */ - USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); - - /* Force Device Mode*/ - USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_DEVICE_MODE); - - /* Init endpoints structures */ - for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) - { - /* Init ep structure */ - hpcd->IN_ep[index].is_in = 1; - hpcd->IN_ep[index].num = index; - hpcd->IN_ep[index].tx_fifo_num = index; - /* Control until ep is actvated */ - hpcd->IN_ep[index].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; - hpcd->IN_ep[index].maxpacket = 0; - hpcd->IN_ep[index].xfer_buff = 0; - hpcd->IN_ep[index].xfer_len = 0; - } - - for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) - { - hpcd->OUT_ep[index].is_in = 0; - hpcd->OUT_ep[index].num = index; - hpcd->IN_ep[index].tx_fifo_num = index; - /* Control until ep is activated */ - hpcd->OUT_ep[index].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; - hpcd->OUT_ep[index].maxpacket = 0; - hpcd->OUT_ep[index].xfer_buff = 0; - hpcd->OUT_ep[index].xfer_len = 0; - } - - /* Init Device */ - USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); - - hpcd->USB_Address = 0; - hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY; - - USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ - if(hpcd == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Stop Device */ - HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd); - - hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief Data transfers functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Start The USB Device. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 1); - USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop The USB Device. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); - USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance); - USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) -/** - * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - uint32_t index = 0, ep_intr = 0, epint = 0, epnum = 0; - uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0, temp = 0; - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - /* ensure that we are in device mode */ - if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE) - { - /* avoid spurious interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd)) - { - return; - } - - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) - { - /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); - } - - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT)) - { - epnum = 0; - - /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ - ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); - - while ( ep_intr ) - { - if (ep_intr & 0x1) - { - epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) - { - CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC); - - HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); - } - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) - { - /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */ - HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); - CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP); - } - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) - { - CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS); - } - } - epnum++; - ep_intr >>= 1; - } - } - - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT)) - { - /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ - ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); - - epnum = 0; - - while ( ep_intr ) - { - if (ep_intr & 0x1) /* In ITR */ - { - epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); - - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) - { - fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; - - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC); - - HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) - { - CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD); - } - if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) - { - PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum); - } - } - epnum++; - ep_intr >>= 1; - } - } - - /* Handle Resume Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT)) - { - /* Clear the Remote Wake-up signalling */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; - - HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT); - } - - /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP)) - { - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) - { - - HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); - } - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP); - } - - /* Handle Reset Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST)) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; - USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance , 0 ); - - for (index = 0; index < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; index++) - { - USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; - USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; - } - USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001; - - USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); - - /* Set Default Address to 0 */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; - - /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */ - USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST); - } - - /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE)) - { - USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance); - hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT; - - hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; - hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; - hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); - - HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE); - } - - /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) - { - USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); - temp = USBx->GRXSTSP; - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM]; - - if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_DATA_UPDT) - { - if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0) - { - USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4); - ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - } - } - else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_SETUP_UPDT) - { - USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8); - ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; - } - USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); - } - - /* Handle SOF Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) - { - HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); - } - - /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) - { - HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); - } - - /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) - { - HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); - } - - /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT)) - { - HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd); - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT); - } - - /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */ - if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT)) - { - temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT; - - if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) - { - HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd); - } - hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp; - } - } -} -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -#if defined (USB) -/** - * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - uint32_t wInterrupt_Mask = 0; - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR)) - { - /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */ - /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */ - PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd); - } - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET)) - { - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET); - HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); - HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0); - } - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR)) - { - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR); - } - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR)) - { - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR); - } - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP)) - { - hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_LP_MODE); - - /*set wInterrupt_Mask global variable*/ - wInterrupt_Mask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ - | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; - - /*Set interrupt mask*/ - hpcd->Instance->CNTR = wInterrupt_Mask; - - HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); - - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP); - } - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP)) - { - /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */ - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP); - - /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */ - hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP; - hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LP_MODE; - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP) == 0) - { - HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); - } - } - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF)) - { - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF); - HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); - } - - if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF)) - { - /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */ - __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF); - } -} -#endif /* USB */ - -/** - * @brief Data out stage callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - UNUSED(epnum); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Data IN stage callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - UNUSED(epnum); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @brief Setup stage callback - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief USB Start Of Frame callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief USB Reset callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Suspend event callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Resume event callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - UNUSED(epnum); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum: endpoint number - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - UNUSED(epnum); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Connection event callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Disconnection event callbacks - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Connect the USB device - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 1); - USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disconnect the USB device - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 0); - USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set the USB Device address - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param address: new device address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - hpcd->USB_Address = address; - USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @brief Open and configure an endpoint - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param ep_mps: endpoint max packet size - * @param ep_type: endpoint type - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type) -{ - HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; - ep->maxpacket = ep_mps; - ep->type = ep_type; - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return ret; -} - -/** - * @brief Deactivate an endpoint - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief Receive an amount of data - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer - * @param len: amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - - /*setup and start the Xfer */ - ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; - ep->xfer_len = len; - ep->xfer_count = 0; - ep->is_in = 0; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - - if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) - { - USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); - } - else - { - USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); - } - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Get Received Data Size - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval Data Size - */ -uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F].xfer_count; -} -/** - * @brief Send an amount of data - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer - * @param len: amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - - /*setup and start the Xfer */ - ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; - ep->xfer_len = len; - ep->xfer_count = 0; - ep->is_in = 1; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - - if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) - { - USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); - } - else - { - USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); - } - - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; - } - - ep->is_stall = 1; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); - if((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0) - { - USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); - } - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; - } - - ep->is_stall = 0; - ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; - ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); - - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Flush an endpoint - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); - - if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) - { - USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7F); - } - else - { - USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance); - } - - __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - return(USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance)); -} - -/** - * @brief HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - return(USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance)); -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the PCD state - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - return hpcd->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) -/** - * @brief DCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo - * check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum) -{ - USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; - USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - int32_t len = 0; - uint32_t len32b = 0; - uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0; - - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum]; - len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; - - if (len > ep->maxpacket) - { - len = ep->maxpacket; - } - - len32b = (len + 3) / 4; - - while ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b && - ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len && - ep->xfer_len != 0) - { - /* Write the FIFO */ - len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; - - if (len > ep->maxpacket) - { - len = ep->maxpacket; - } - len32b = (len + 3) / 4; - - USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len); - - ep->xfer_buff += len; - ep->xfer_count += len; - } - - if(len <= 0) - { - fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; - - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -#if defined (USB) -/** - * @brief This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - uint16_t count = 0; - uint8_t epindex = 0; - __IO uint16_t wIstr = 0; - __IO uint16_t wEPVal = 0; - - /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */ - while (((wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR) & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0) - { - /* extract highest priority endpoint number */ - epindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID); - - if (epindex == 0) - { - /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */ - - /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */ - if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0) - { - /* DIR = 0 */ - - /* DIR = 0 => IN int */ - /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */ - PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0]; - - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count; - - /* TX COMPLETE */ - HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0); - - - if((hpcd->USB_Address > 0)&& ( ep->xfer_len == 0)) - { - hpcd->Instance->DADDR = (hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF); - hpcd->USB_Address = 0; - } - - } - else - { - /* DIR = 1 */ - - /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */ - /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */ - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0]; - wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); - - if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0) - { - /* Get SETUP Packet*/ - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t*)hpcd->Setup ,ep->pmaadress , ep->xfer_count); - /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1*/ - PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); - - /* Process SETUP Packet*/ - HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); - } - - else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0) - { - PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); - /* Get Control Data OUT Packet*/ - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - - if (ep->xfer_count != 0) - { - USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); - ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; - } - - /* Process Control Data OUT Packet*/ - HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0); - - PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket); - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID); - } - } - } - else - { - /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */ - - /* process related endpoint register */ - wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, epindex); - if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0) - { - /* clear int flag */ - PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex); - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[epindex]; - - /* OUT double Buffering*/ - if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) - { - count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - if (count != 0) - { - USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count); - } - } - else - { - if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) - { - /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ - count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - if (count != 0) - { - USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count); - } - } - else - { - /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ - count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - if (count != 0) - { - USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count); - } - } - PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_OUT); - } - /*multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint*/ - ep->xfer_count+=count; - ep->xfer_buff+=count; - - if ((ep->xfer_len == 0) || (count < ep->maxpacket)) - { - /* RX COMPLETE */ - HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); - } - else - { - HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); - } - - } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */ - - if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epindex]; - - /* clear int flag */ - PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex); - - /* IN double Buffering*/ - if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) - { - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - if (ep->xfer_count != 0) - { - USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); - } - } - else - { - if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) - { - /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - if (ep->xfer_count != 0) - { - USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->xfer_count); - } - } - else - { - /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - if (ep->xfer_count != 0) - { - USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, ep->xfer_count); - } - } - PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_IN); - } - /*multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint*/ - ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); - ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; - - /* Zero Length Packet? */ - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - /* TX COMPLETE */ - HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); - } - else - { - HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} -#endif /* USB */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ - /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ - /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ - /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - -#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5f3002d..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,252 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief Extended PCD HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Extended features functions: Update FIFO configuration, - * PMA configuration for EPs - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED - -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ - defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - - -/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx - * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief PCDEx control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Update FIFO (USB_OTG_FS) - (+) Update PMA configuration (USB) - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) -/** - * @brief Set Tx FIFO - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo - * @param size: Fifo size - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size) -{ - uint8_t index = 0; - uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0; - - /* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index) - When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows: - case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) - --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn. - case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) - --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words - The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top - of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones. - When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */ - - Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ; - - if(fifo == 0) - { - hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset; - } - else - { - Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16; - for (index = 0; index < (fifo - 1); index++) - { - Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[index] >> 16); - } - - /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */ - hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset; - - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Set Rx FIFO - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param size: Size of Rx fifo - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size) -{ - hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size; - return HAL_OK; -} -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -#if defined (USB) -/** - * @brief Configure PMA for EP - * @param hpcd : Device instance - * @param ep_addr: endpoint address - * @param ep_kind: endpoint Kind - * USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used - * USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used - * @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint - * this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address - * in PMA allocated to endpoint. - * In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter - * is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address - * in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address - * in the MSB part of 32-bit value. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, - uint16_t ep_addr, - uint16_t ep_kind, - uint32_t pmaadress) - -{ - PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; - - /* initialize ep structure*/ - if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) - { - ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; - } - else - { - ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; - } - - /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/ - if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF) - { - /*Single Buffer*/ - ep->doublebuffer = 0; - /*Configure te PMA*/ - ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress; - } - else /*USB_DBL_BUF*/ - { - /*Double Buffer Endpoint*/ - ep->doublebuffer = 1; - /*Configure the PMA*/ - ep->pmaaddr0 = pmaadress & 0xFFFF; - ep->pmaaddr1 = (pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} -#endif /* USB */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Manage device connection state - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Software Device Connection, - * this function is not required by USB OTG FS peripheral, it is used - * only by USB Device FS peripheral. - * @param hpcd: PCD handle - * @param state: connection state (0 : disconnected / 1: connected) - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t state) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(hpcd); - UNUSED(state); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ - /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ - /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ - /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - -#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ - - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c deleted file mode 100644 index bf00707..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,636 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief PWR HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR PWR - * @brief PWR HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask - * @{ - */ -#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) -#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) -#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) -#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address - * @{ - */ -/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/ -#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) -#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00 -#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04 -#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET) -#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address - * @{ - */ -/* --- CR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */ -#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_LPDS) -#define CR_LPSDSR_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4))) - -/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ -#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_DBP) -#define CR_DBP_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4))) - -/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ -#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_PVDE) -#define CR_PVDE_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4))) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address - * @{ - */ - -/* --- CSR Register ---*/ -/* Alias word address of EWUP1 bit */ -#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL) ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4))) -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions PWR Private Functions - * brief WFE cortex command overloaded for HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode usage only (see Workaround section) - * @{ - */ -static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void); - -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -__NOINLINE -static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void) -{ - __asm volatile( "wfe" ); - __asm volatile( "nop" ); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data - registers) is protected against possible unwanted - write accesses. - To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: - (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. - (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) -{ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); - __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC - * backup data registers ). - * @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the - * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) -{ - /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC - * backup data registers). - * @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the - * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) -{ - /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - - *** PVD configuration *** - ========================= - [..] - (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a - threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). - - (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower - than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI - line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through - __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. - (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. - - *** WakeUp pin configuration *** - ================================ - [..] - (+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is - forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges. - (+) There is one WakeUp pin: - WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. - - [..] - - *** Low Power modes configuration *** - ===================================== - [..] - The device features 3 low-power modes: - (+) Sleep mode: CPU clock off, all peripherals including Cortex-M3 core peripherals like - NVIC, SysTick, etc. are kept running - (+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped - (+) Standby mode: 1.8V domain powered off - - - *** Sleep mode *** - ================== - [..] - (+) Entry: - The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) - functions with - (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction - (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction - - (+) Exit: - (++) WFI entry mode, Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt - controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. - (++) WFE entry mode, Any wakeup event can wake up the device from Sleep mode. - (+++) Any peripheral interrupt w/o NVIC configuration & SEVONPEND bit set in the Cortex (HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend) - (+++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode - - *** Stop mode *** - ================= - [..] - The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral - clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. - In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE RC - oscillators are disabled. SRAM and register contents are preserved. - In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - - (+) Entry: - The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx ) - function with: - (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON. - (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON. - (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction - (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction - (+) Exit: - (++) WFI entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode with NVIC configured - (++) WFE entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode. - - *** Standby mode *** - ==================== - [..] - The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the - Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8 V domain is - consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also - switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain - and Standby circuitry - - (+) Entry: - (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. - (+) Exit: - (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm event rising edge, external Reset in - NRSTpin, IWDG Reset - - *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** - ============================================= - [..] - - (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, - without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). - - (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes - - (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to - configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. - - *** PWR Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation *** - ==================================================== - [..] - Below the list of all silicon limitations known on STM32F1xx prouct. - - (#)Workarounds Implemented inside PWR HAL Driver - (##)Debugging Stop mode with WFE entry - overloaded the WFE by an internal function - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration - * information for the PVD. - * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for - * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each - * detection level. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); - - /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ - MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); - - /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); - - /* Configure interrupt mode */ - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); - } - - /* Configure event mode */ - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); - } - - /* Configure the edge */ - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); - } - - if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) - { - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) -{ - /* Enable the power voltage detector */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) -{ - /* Disable the power voltage detector */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality. - * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); - /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality. - * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) -{ - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); - /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ - *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Enters Sleep mode. - * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * @param Regulator: Regulator state as no effect in SLEEP mode - allows to support portability from legacy software - * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as - * the interrupt wake up source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - /* No check on Regulator because parameter not used in SLEEP mode */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); - - /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); - - /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ - if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __SEV(); - __WFE(); - __WFE(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Enters Stop mode. - * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. - * @note When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event, - * HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. - * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional - * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. - * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption - * is higher although the startup time is reduced. - * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON - * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON - * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction - * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); - assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); - - /* Clear PDDS bit in PWR register to specify entering in STOP mode when CPU enter in Deepsleep */ - CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); - - /* Select the voltage regulator mode by setting LPDS bit in PWR register according to Regulator parameter value */ - MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPDS, Regulator); - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); - - /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ - if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) - { - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); - } - else - { - /* Request Wait For Event */ - __SEV(); - PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */ - PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */ - } - /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); -} - -/** - * @brief Enters Standby mode. - * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: - * - Reset pad (still available) - * - TAMPER pin if configured for tamper or calibration out. - * - WKUP pin (PA0) if enabled. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) -{ - /* Select Standby mode */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); - - /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); - - /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ -#if defined ( __CC_ARM) - __force_stores(); -#endif - /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ - __WFI(); -} - - -/** - * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. - * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor - * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. - * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on - * interruptions handling. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) -{ - /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); -} - - -/** - * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. - * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor - * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) -{ - /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); -} - - -/** - * @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. - * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes - * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) -{ - /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); -} - - -/** - * @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. - * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes - * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) -{ - /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ - CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); -} - - - -/** - * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. - * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler(). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) -{ - /* Check PWR exti flag */ - if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) - { - /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ - HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); - - /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ - __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); - } -} - -/** - * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c deleted file mode 100644 index e23f65c..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1270 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief RCC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### RCC specific features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator - (HSI 8MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer is enabled, - and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. - (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses; - all peripherals mapped on these buses are running at HSI speed. - (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. - (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which - are assigned to be used for debug purpose. - [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: - (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock - (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) - (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings - (+) Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers - (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used - (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not - derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS) - - ##### RCC Limitations ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral - enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write - from/to registers. - (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. - (++) AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary - - [..] - Workarounds: - (#) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been - inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** -*/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC RCC -* @brief RCC HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants - * @{ - */ -/* Bits position in in the CFGR register */ -#define RCC_CFGR_HPRE_BITNUMBER POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_HPRE) -#define RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_BITNUMBER POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) -#define RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_BITNUMBER POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) -/** - * @} - */ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros - * @{ - */ - -#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() -#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA -#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators - (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 - and APB2). - - [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration - (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through - the PLL as System clock source. - (#) LSI (low-speed internal), ~40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC - clock source. - - (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 24 MHz (STM32F100xx) or 4 to 16 MHz (STM32F101x/STM32F102x/STM32F103x) or 3 to 25 MHz (STM32F105x/STM32F107x) crystal oscillator used directly or - through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. - - (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. - - (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring different output clocks: - (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 72 MHz for STM32F10xxx or up to 24 MHz for STM32F100xx) - (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz) - - (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() - and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System - clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt - is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI - (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. - - (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, - HSE or PLL clock (divided by 2) on PA8 pin + PLL2CLK, PLL3CLK/2, PLL3CLK and XTI for STM32F105x/STM32F107x - - [..] System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration - (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, - HSE and PLL. - The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable - prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped - on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived - from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock - the peripherals mapped on these buses. You can use - "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. - - -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: - (+@) RTC: RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock - divided by 128. - (+@) USB OTG FS and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz - to work correctly. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLL Multiplier. - (+@) I2S interface on STM32F105x/STM32F107x can be derived from PLL3CLK - (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. - - (#) For STM32F10xxx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK/PCLK2 is 72 MHz, PCLK1 36 MHz. - For STM32F100xx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK/PCLK1/PCLK2 is 24 MHz. - Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly. - @endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/* - Additional consideration on the SYSCLK based on Latency settings: - +-----------------------------------------------+ - | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) | - |---------------|-------------------------------| - |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 | - |---------------|-------------------------------| - |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 | - |---------------|-------------------------------| - |2WS(3CPU cycle)| 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 | - +-----------------------------------------------+ - */ - -/** - * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. - * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: - * - HSI ON and used as system clock source - * - HSE and PLL OFF - * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. - * - CSS and MCO1 OFF - * - All interrupts disabled - * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the - * - Peripheral clocks - * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) -{ - /* Switch SYSCLK to HSI */ - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW); - - /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, & PLLON bits */ - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON); - - /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); - - /* Reset CFGR register */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); - - /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */ - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSITRIM, ((uint32_t)0x10 << POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM))); - -#if (defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE)) - /* Reset CFGR2 register */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR2); - -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */ - /* Disable all interrupts */ - CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR); - - /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ - SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the - * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. - * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. - * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. - * @note The PLL is not disabled when USB OTG FS clock is enabled (specific to devices with USB FS) - * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not - * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off - * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. - * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not - * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off - * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); - assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); - - /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); - - /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) - || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE))) - { - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - else - { - /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); - - - /* Check the HSE State */ - if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) - { - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); - - /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) - || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2))) - { - /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ - else - { - /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); - } - } - else - { - /* Check the HSI State */ - if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF) - { - /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till HSI is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); - - /* Check the LSI State */ - if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF) - { - /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSI is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - /* To have a fully stabilized clock in the specified range, a software delay of 1ms - should be added.*/ - HAL_Delay(1); - } - else - { - /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ - __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); - - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); - - /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); - /* Check the LSE State */ - if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF) - { - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - -#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) - /*-------------------------------- PLL2 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State)); - if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State) != RCC_PLL2_NONE) - { - /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system - clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ - ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State) == RCC_PLL2_ON) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value)); - - /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */ - /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Disable the main PLL2. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value); - - /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL); - - /* Enable the main PLL2. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Set PREDIV1 source to HSE */ - CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC); - - /* Disable the main PLL2. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - } - -#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ - /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); - if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) - { - /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) - { - if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL)); - - /* Disable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the HSE prediv factor --------------------------------*/ - /* It can be written only when the PLL is disabled. Not used in PLL source is different than HSE */ - if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue)); -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) - assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source)); - - /* Set PREDIV1 source */ - SET_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source); -#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC */ - - /* Set PREDIV1 Value */ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue); - } - - /* Configure the main PLL clock source and multiplication factors. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL); - /* Enable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Disable the main PLL. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the specified - * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. - * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. - * @param FLatency FLASH Latency - * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series - * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency - * and updated by @ref HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function - * - * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after - * start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case - * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock - * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). - * - * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target - * clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay or PLL locked). - * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will - * occur when the clock source will be ready. - * You can use @ref HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is - * currently used as system clock source. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); - assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); - assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); - - /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) - must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock - (HCLK) of the device. */ - -#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) - /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ - if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) - { - /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ - __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); - - /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash - memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ - if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - -#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ - /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); - } - - /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); - - /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ - if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) - { - /* Check the HSE ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ - else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) - { - /* Check the PLL ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ - else - { - /* Check the HSI ready flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); - - /* Get Start Tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } -#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) - /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ - if(FLatency < (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) - { - /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ - __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); - - /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash - memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ - if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } -#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ - - /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); - } - - /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ - if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) - { - assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); - MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3)); - } - - /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ - SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_BITNUMBER]; - - /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ - HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief RCC clocks control functions - * - @verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks - frequencies. - - @endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. - * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode. - * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). - * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as MCO clock - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected as MCO clock - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock - @if STM32F105xC - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL2CLK PLL2 clock selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK_DIV2 PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_EXT_HSE XT1 external 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK PLL3 clock selected as MCO source - @endif - @if STM32F107xC - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL2CLK PLL2 clock selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK_DIV2 PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_EXT_HSE XT1 external 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected as MCO source - * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK PLL3 clock selected as MCO source - @endif - * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) -{ - GPIO_InitTypeDef gpio = {0}; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); - - /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ - gpio.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; - gpio.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; - gpio.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; - gpio.Pin = MCO1_PIN; - - /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ - MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); - - HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); - - /* Configure the MCO clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG(RCC_MCOSource, RCC_MCODiv); -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. - * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator - * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the - * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), - * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to - * the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Disables the Clock Security System. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void) -{ - *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency - * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real - * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined - * constant and the selected clock source: - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) - * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE - * divided by PREDIV factor(**) - * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE - * divided by PREDIV factor(**) or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied by the PLL factor. - * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file (default value - * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations - * in voltage and temperature. - * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file (default value - * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real - * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may - * have wrong result. - * - * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional - * value for HSE crystal. - * - * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the - * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. - * - * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the - * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * - * @retval SYSCLK frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) -{ -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) - const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[12] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 13}; - const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; -#else - const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16}; -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) - const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; -#else - const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = { 1, 2}; -#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1*/ - -#endif - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, prediv = 0, pllclk = 0, pllmul = 0; - uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0; -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) - uint32_t prediv2 = 0, pll2mul = 0; -#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ - - tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ - switch (tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_SWS) - { - case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock */ - { - sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; - break; - } - case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock */ - { - pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]; - if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) - { -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) - prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)]; -#else - prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE)]; -#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1*/ -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) - - if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) - { - /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */ - /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */ - prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; - pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL)) + 2; - pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv) * pllmul); - } - else - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ - pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul); - } - - /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */ - /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */ - if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]) - { - pllclk = pllclk / 2; - } -#else - /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ - pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul); -#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ - pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul); - } - sysclockfreq = pllclk; - break; - } - case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ - default: /* HSI used as system clock */ - { - sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; - break; - } - } - return sysclockfreq; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency - * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the - * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * - * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency - * and updated within this function - * @retval HCLK frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) -{ - return SystemCoreClock; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency - * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the - * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * @retval PCLK1 frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) -{ - /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ - return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_BITNUMBER]); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the PCLK2 frequency - * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the - * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. - * @retval PCLK2 frequency - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) -{ - /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ - return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_BITNUMBER]); -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that - * will be configured. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); - - /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ - RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI \ - | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; - -#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) - /* Get the Prediv1 source --------------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC); -#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC */ - - /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; - } - else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; - } - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue = __HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV(); - - /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; - } - - RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM)); - - /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; - } - else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; - } - - /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; - } - - - /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; - } - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL); -#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) - /* Get the PLL2 configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLL2ON) == RCC_CR_PLL2ON) - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State = RCC_PLL2_ON; - } - else - { - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State = RCC_PLL2_OFF; - } - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value = __HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2(); - RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL); -#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ -} - -/** - * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the current clock configuration. - * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); - assert_param(pFLatency != NULL); - - /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; - - /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); - - /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); - - /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); - - /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ - RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3); - -#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) - /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ - *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY); -#else - /* For VALUE lines devices, only LATENCY_0 can be set*/ - *pFLatency = (uint32_t)FLASH_LATENCY_0; -#endif -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. - * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) -{ - /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ - if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) - { - /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ - HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); - - /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ - __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); - } -} - -/** - * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback - * @retval none - */ -__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) -{ - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7f863f5..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,870 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: - * + Extended Peripheral Control functions - * - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED - -/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx - * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver. - * @{ - */ - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros - * @{ - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks - frequencies. - [..] - (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to - select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in - order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including - the backup registers) are set to their reset values. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the - * RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. - * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC clock). - * - * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select - * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in - * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including - * the backup registers) are set to their reset values. - * - * @note In case of STM32F105xC or STM32F107xC devices, PLLI2S will be enabled if requested on - * one of 2 I2S interfaces. When PLLI2S is enabled, you need to call HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S to - * manually disable it. - * - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0, temp_reg = 0; -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - uint32_t pllactive = 0; -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); - - /*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/ - if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) - { - /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)); - - /* Enable Power Clock*/ - __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); - - /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ - SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); - - /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ - temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL); - if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))) - { - /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ - temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); - /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); - __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); - /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ - RCC->BDCR = temp_reg; - - /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON)) - { - /* Get timeout */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till LSE is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); - } - - /*------------------------------ ADC clock Configuration ------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the ADC clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection); - } - -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - /*------------------------------ I2S2 Configuration ------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the I2S2 clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection); - } - - /*------------------------------ I2S3 Configuration ------------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the I2S3 clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_I2S3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection); - } - - /*------------------------------ PLL I2S Configuration ----------------------*/ - /* Check that PLLI2S need to be enabled */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) || HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) - { - /* Update flag to indicate that PLL I2S should be active */ - pllactive = 1; - } - - /* Check if PLL I2S need to be enabled */ - if (pllactive == 1) - { - /* Enable PLL I2S only if not active */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value)); - - /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */ - /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value); - - /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL); - - /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* Return an error only if user wants to change the PLLI2SMUL whereas PLLI2S is active */ - if (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - } - } -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ - || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ - || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - /*------------------------------ USB clock Configuration ------------------*/ - if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_USBPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection)); - - /* Configure the USB clock source */ - __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection); - } -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal - * RCC configuration registers. - * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that - * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC, I2S, ADC clocks). - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) -{ - uint32_t srcclk = 0; - - /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; - - /* Get the RTC configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ - srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); - /* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/ - PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk; - - /* Get the ADC clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC; - PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE(); - -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2; - PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE(); - - /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3; - PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE(); - -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - -#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) - /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2; - PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK; - - /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3; - PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK; - -#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ - -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ - || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ - || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - /* Get the USB clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ - PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB; - PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ -} - -/** - * @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency - * @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown - * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock - @if STM32F103xE - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - @endif - @if STM32F103xG - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - @endif - @if STM32F105xC - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock - @endif - @if STM32F107xC - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock - @endif - @if STM32F102xx - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock - @endif - @if STM32F103xx - * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock - @endif - * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral) - */ -uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) -{ -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ - || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ - || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[12] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 13}; - const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; -#else - const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16}; - const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = { 1, 2}; -#endif -#endif - uint32_t temp_reg = 0, frequency = 0; -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ - || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ - || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - uint32_t prediv1 = 0, pllclk = 0, pllmul = 0; -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - uint32_t pll2mul = 0, pll3mul = 0, prediv2 = 0; -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk)); - - switch (PeriphClk) - { -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ - || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ - || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: - { - /* Get RCC configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ - temp_reg = RCC->CFGR; - - /* Check if PLL is enabled */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLLON)) - { - pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]; - if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) - { -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined(STM32F100xB)\ - || defined(STM32F100xE) - prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)]; -#else - prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE)]; -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */ - -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) - { - /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */ - /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */ - prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; - pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL)) + 2; - pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv1) * pllmul); - } - else - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ - pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul); - } - - /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */ - /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */ - if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]) - { - pllclk = pllclk / 2; - } -#else - if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) - { - /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ - pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul); - } -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - } - else - { - /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ - pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul); - } - - /* Calcul of the USB frequency*/ -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - /* USBCLK = PLLVCO = (2 x PLLCLK) / USB prescaler */ - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV2) - { - /* Prescaler of 2 selected for USB */ - frequency = pllclk; - } - else - { - /* Prescaler of 3 selected for USB */ - frequency = (2 * pllclk) / 3; - } -#else - /* USBCLK = PLLCLK / USB prescaler */ - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) - { - /* No prescaler selected for USB */ - frequency = pllclk; - } - else - { - /* Prescaler of 1.5 selected for USB */ - frequency = (pllclk * 2) / 3; - } -#endif - } - break; - } -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ -#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC)\ - || defined(STM32F107xC) - case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2: - { -#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) - /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */ - frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); -#else - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) - { - /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */ - frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); - } - else - { - /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) - { - /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */ - prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; - pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL)) + 2; - frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul)); - } - } -#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ - break; - } - case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3: - { -#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) - /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */ - frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); -#else - if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) - { - /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */ - frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); - } - else - { - /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) - { - /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */ - prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; - pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL)) + 2; - frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul)); - } - } -#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ - break; - } -#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC: - { - /* Get RCC BDCR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ - temp_reg = RCC->BDCR; - - /* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */ - if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) - { - frequency = LSE_VALUE; - } - /* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */ - else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))) - { - frequency = LSI_VALUE; - } - else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))) - { - frequency = HSE_VALUE / 128; - } - /* Clock not enabled for RTC*/ - else - { - frequency = 0; - } - break; - } - case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC: - { - frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / (((__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE() >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE_DIV4)) + 1) * 2); - break; - } - default: - { - break; - } - } - return(frequency); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 PLLI2S Management function - * @brief PLLI2S Management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended PLLI2S Management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLLI2S - activation or deactivation -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enable PLLI2S - * @param PLLI2SInit pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the PLLI2S - * @note The PLLI2S configuration not modified if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S(RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef *PLLI2SInit) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Check that PLL I2S has not been already enabled by I2S2 or I2S3*/ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value)); - - /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */ - /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value); - - - /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL); - - /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* PLLI2S cannot be modified as already used by I2S2 or I2S3 */ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable PLLI2S - * @note PLLI2S is not disabled if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S(void) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Disable PLL I2S as not requested by I2S2 or I2S3*/ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) - { - /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - else - { - /* PLLI2S is currently used by I2S2 or I2S3. Cannot be disabled.*/ - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 PLL2 Management function - * @brief PLL2 Management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Extended PLL2 Management functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLL2 - activation or deactivation -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enable PLL2 - * @param PLL2Init pointer to an RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef structure that - * contains the configuration information for the PLL2 - * @note The PLL2 configuration not modified if used indirectly as system clock. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLL2(RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef *PLL2Init) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system - clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ - ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL)); - assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value)); - - /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */ - /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ - if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Disable the main PLL2. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - - /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ - __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value); - - /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL); - - /* Enable the main PLL2. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Disable PLL2 - * @note PLL2 is not disabled if used indirectly as system clock. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLL2(void) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system - clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ - if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ - (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ - ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - /* Disable the main PLL2. */ - __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); - - /* Get Start Tick*/ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ - while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) - { - if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ - diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c deleted file mode 100644 index f904f82..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5379 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief TIM HAL module driver - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: - * + Time Base Initialization - * + Time Base Start - * + Time Base Start Interruption - * + Time Base Start DMA - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption - * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA - * + Time Input Capture Initialization - * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration - * + Time Input Capture Start - * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption - * + Time Input Capture Start DMA - * + Time One Pulse Initialization - * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration - * + Time One Pulse Start - * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization - * + Time Encoder Interface Start - * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption - * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA - * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA - * + Time OCRef clear configuration - * + Time External Clock configuration - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TIMER Generic features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] The Timer features include: - (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. - (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the - counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. - (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: - (++) Input Capture - (++) Output Compare - (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) - (++) One-pulse mode output - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions - depending from feature used : - (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() - (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() - (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() - (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() - (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() - (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() - - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : - (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (##) TIM pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: - __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); - - (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the - internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: - HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before - any start function. - - (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the - Initialization function of this driver: - (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base - (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an - Output Compare signal. - (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a - PWM signal. - (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an - external signal. - (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer - in One Pulse Mode. - (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. - - (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: - (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() - (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() - (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() - (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() - (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() - (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). - - (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: - HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() - HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM TIM - * @brief TIM HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); -static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); -static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); -static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); -static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); -static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource); -static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions - * @brief Time Base functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Base functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. - (+) De-initialize the TIM base. - (+) Start the Time Base. - (+) Stop the Time Base. - (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM Base handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Time Base configuration */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral - * @param htim : TIM Base handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Change the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param pData : The source Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions - * @brief Time Output Compare functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. - (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. - (+) Start the Time Output Compare. - (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. - (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM OC handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData : The source Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Output compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions - * @brief Time PWM functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time PWM functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. - (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. - (+) Start the Time PWM. - (+) Stop the Time PWM. - (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the base time for the PWM */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData : The source Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions - * @brief Time Input Capture functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. - (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. - (+) Start the Time Input Capture. - (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. - (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Init the base time for the input capture */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral - * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. - * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions - * @brief Time One Pulse functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. - (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. - (+) Start the Time One Pulse. - (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. - (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM OnePulse handle - * @param OnePulseMode : Select the One pulse mode. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. - * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses wil be generated. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) -{ - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Reset the OPM Bit */ - htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; - - /* Configure the OPM Mode */ - htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together - - No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware - (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ - - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ - - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together - - No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware - (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Enable the main output */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - } - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels - (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and - if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output - in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) - { - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions - * @brief Time Encoder functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Time Encoder functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. - (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. - (+) Start the Time Encoder. - (+) Stop the Time Encoder. - (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. - (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. - (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. - (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param sConfig : TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Reset the SMS bits */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - - /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; - - /* Set the encoder Mode */ - tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; - - /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); - tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8)); - - /* Set the the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); - tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); - tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8); - tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12); - - /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface - * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - break; - } - default : - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - break; - } - } - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 - (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - break; - } - default : - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - break; - } - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ - /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - break; - } - default : - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - break; - } - } - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 - (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ - if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - else - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @param pData1 : The destination Buffer address for IC1. - * @param pData2 : The destination Buffer address for IC2. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((((pData1 == 0) || (pData2 == 0) )) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); - - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 - (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ - if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - else - { - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management - * @brief IRQ handler management - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IRQ handler management ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Capture compare 1 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) - { - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; - - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - } - /* Capture compare 2 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - /* Capture compare 3 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - /* Capture compare 4 event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; - /* Input capture event */ - if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00) - { - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - } - /* Output compare event */ - else - { - HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - } - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; - } - } - /* TIM Update event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); - HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); - } - } - /* TIM Break input event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); - } - } - /* TIM Trigger detection event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); - HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); - } - } - /* TIM commutation event */ - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) - { - if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); - HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); - } - } -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. - (+) Configure External Clock source. - (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. - (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. - (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param sConfig : TIM Output Compare configuration structure - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); - - /* Check input state */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ - TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim : TIM IC handle - * @param sConfig : TIM Input Capture configuration structure - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) - { - /* TI1 Configuration */ - TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - - /* Set the IC1PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; - } - else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) - { - /* TI2 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; - - /* Set the IC2PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); - } - else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) - { - /* TI3 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; - - /* Set the IC3PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; - } - else - { - /* TI4 Configuration */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, - sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; - - /* Set the IC4PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param sConfig : TIM PWM configuration structure - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ - TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); - - /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; - - /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified - * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param sConfig : TIM One Pulse configuration structure - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @param InputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) -{ - TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); - - if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) - { - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Extract the Ouput compare configuration from sConfig structure */ - temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; - temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; - temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; - temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; - temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; - temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; - - switch (OutputChannel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - switch (InputChannel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - - /* Select the Trigger source */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; - - /* Select the Slave Mode */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, - sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); - - /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; - - /* Select the Trigger source */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; - - /* Select the Slave Mode */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - else - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR - * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source - * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. - * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value - * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, - uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ - htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; - - /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - - /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will starts the Data read - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR - * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR - * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source - * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source - * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. - * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value - * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, - uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ - htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; - - /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); - - /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ - switch(BurstRequestSrc) - { - case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC1: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC2: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC3: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_CC4: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_COM: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); - } - break; - case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Generate a software event - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param EventSource : specifies the event source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source - * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source - * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. - * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. - * @retval HAL status - */ - -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - /* Change the TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the event sources */ - htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; - - /* Change the TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param sClearInputConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. - * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) - { - case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: - { - /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; - - /* Clear the ETR Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); - - /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: - { - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, - sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, - sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); - - /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_OCCS; - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; - } - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; - } - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; - } - } - break; - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) - { - /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; - } - else - { - /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ - htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; - } - } - break; - default: - break; - } - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the clock source to be used - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param sClockSourceConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); - - /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) - { - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); - - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); - /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ - tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); - - /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; - } - break; - - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); - - TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); - - TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); - - TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, - sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); - } - break; - case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: - { - /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input - * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input - * @param htim : TIM handle. - * @param TI1_Selection : Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the - * output of a XOR gate. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input - * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 - * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) -{ - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); - - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; - - /* Reset the TI1 selection */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; - - /* Set the the TI1 selection */ - tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; - - /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ - htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode - * @param htim : TIM handle. - * @param sSlaveConfig : pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered - * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave - * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); - - /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); - - /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; - } - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode - * @param htim: TIM handle. - * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered - * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave - * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); - - /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); - - /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit - * @param htim : TIM handle. - * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1 : TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3 : TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4 : TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval Captured value - */ -uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 1 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; - - break; - } - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 2 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; - - break; - } - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 3 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; - - break; - } - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Return the capture 4 value */ - tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; - - break; - } - - default: - break; - } - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions - * @brief TIM Callbacks functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides TIM callback functions: - (+) Timer Period elapsed callback - (+) Timer Output Compare callback - (+) Timer Input capture callback - (+) Timer Trigger callback - (+) Timer Error callback - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ - -} -/** - * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM OC handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} -/** - * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM IC handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions - * @brief Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Base state - * @param htim : TIM Base handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM OC state - * @param htim : TIM Ouput Compare handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM PWM state - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state - * @param htim : TIM IC handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state - * @param htim : TIM OPM handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state - * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA error callback - * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. - * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; - } - else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; - } - else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; - } - else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; - } - - HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); - - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; -} -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. - * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; - } - else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; - } - else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; - } - else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) - { - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; - } - - HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); - - htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. - * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. - * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @brief Time Base configuration - * @param TIMx : TIM periheral - * @param Structure : TIM Base configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) -{ - uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0; - tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; - - /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ - if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - /* Select the Counter Mode */ - tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); - tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; - } - - if(IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - /* Set the clock division */ - tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; - tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; - } - - TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; - - /* Set the Autoreload value */ - TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; - - /* Set the Prescaler value */ - TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; - - if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ - TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; - } - - /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler - and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ - TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Ouput Compare 1 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; - - if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) - { - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; - } - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; - } - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Ouput Compare 2 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4); - - if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4); - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; - - } - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2); - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2); - } - - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Ouput Compare 3 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8); - - if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); - - /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; - /* Set the Output N Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8); - /* Reset the Output N State */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; - } - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - /* Check parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4); - /* Set the Output N Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4); - } - - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Time Ouput Compare 4 configuration - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; - - /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ - tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; - - /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ - tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; - - /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; - tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; - - /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ - tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); - - /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ - tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; - /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ - tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12); - - if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) - { - assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); - - /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ - tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; - /* Set the Output Idle state */ - tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6); - } - - /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ - TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; - - /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ - TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; - - /* Write to TIMx CCER */ - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - - -/** - * @brief Time Slave configuration - * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for TIM module. - * @param sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; - - /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - /* Set the Input Trigger source */ - tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; - - /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - /* Set the slave mode */ - tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; - - /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ - switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) - { - case TIM_TS_ETRF: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ - TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; - htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; - tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; - - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - - /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ - TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); - - /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ - TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, - sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR0: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR1: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR2: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - case TIM_TS_ITR3: - { - /* Check the parameter */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE - * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 - * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - */ -void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) - { - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; - } - else - { - tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; - } - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; - tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); - tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE - * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; - tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); - tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE - * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 - * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - */ -static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; - tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; - tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE - * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; - tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; - tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); - tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE - * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @retval None - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 - * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - */ -static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; - tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; - tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); - tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING - * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE - * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. - * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. - * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. - * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 - * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be - * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, - uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; - tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; - tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; - - /* Select the Input */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; - tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); - - /* Set the filter */ - tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; - tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); - - /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ - tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); - tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); - - /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ - TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; - TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; -} - -/** - * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param InputTriggerSource : The Input Trigger source. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0 : Internal Trigger 0 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1 : Internal Trigger 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2 : Internal Trigger 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3 : Internal Trigger 3 - * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED : TI1 Edge Detector - * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1 : Filtered Timer Input 1 - * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2 : Filtered Timer Input 2 - * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF : External Trigger input - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - /* Reset the TS Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ - tmpsmcr |= InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} -/** - * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler : The external Trigger Prescaler. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. - * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. - * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. - * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. - * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity : The external Trigger Polarity. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. - * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. - * @param ExtTRGFilter : External Trigger Filter. - * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, - uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) -{ - uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; - - tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; - - /* Reset the ETR Bits */ - tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); - - /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ - tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8))); - - /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ - TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 - * @param ChannelState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. - * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. - * @retval None - */ -void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); - - tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; - - /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; - - /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 75d4584..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1857 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief TIM HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral: - * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization - * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start - * + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration - * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration - * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### TIMER Extended features ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The Timer Extended features include: - (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : - (++) Output Compare - (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) - (++) One-pulse mode output - (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to - interconnect several timers together. - (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. - (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for - positioning purposes - - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions - depending from feature used : - (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() - (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() - (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() - (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit() - - (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : - (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (##) TIM pins configuration - (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: - __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); - (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); - - (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the - internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: - HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before - any start function. - - (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the - initialization function of this driver: - (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the - Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding - Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface - with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use - the commutation event). - - (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: - (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT() - (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() - (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() - (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). - - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** -*/ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx - * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver - * @{ - */ - -#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ - -#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ - defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ - defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ - /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ - /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIMEx Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Timer Hall Sensor functions - * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. - (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. - (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. - (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. - (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle. - * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle - * @param sConfig : TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig) -{ - TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; - - /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ - if(htim == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); - - if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ - HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); - } - - /* Set the TIM state */ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ - TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); - - /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ - TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); - - /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; - /* Set the IC1PSC value */ - htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; - - /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; - - /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; - - /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; - - /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ - OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; - OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; - OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; - OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; - OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; - OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; - OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; - - TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); - - /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 - register to 101 */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; - - /* Initialize the TIM state*/ - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface - * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ - HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); - - /* Change TIM state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; - - /* Release Lock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. - * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. - * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle - * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); - - /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); - - /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - - /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 - (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ - TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); - - - /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ - defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ - defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions - * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. - (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. - (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM OC handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ - tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; - if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - } - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData : The source Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: -{ - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode - * on the complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Timer Complementary PWM functions - * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the Complementary PWM. - (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. - (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. - (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement. - (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture. - (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts. - (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers. - (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers. - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - - /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary output. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - uint32_t tmpccer = 0; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ - tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; - if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) - { - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); - } - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the - * complementary output - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @param pData : The source Buffer address. - * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } - else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) - { - if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - else - { - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - } - } - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Enable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary - * output - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); - - switch (Channel) - { - case TIM_CHANNEL_1: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_2: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_3: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); - } - break; - - case TIM_CHANNEL_4: - { - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Change the htim state */ - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions - * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. - (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. - (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complemetary - * output. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) - { - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary - * output. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary channel. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be enabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); - - /* Enable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; - } - -/** - * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the - * complementary channel. - * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle - * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be disabled - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected - * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); - - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); - - /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); - - /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ - TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); - - /* Disable the Main Ouput */ - __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); - - /* Return function status */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ - /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ - /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief Peripheral Control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides functions allowing to: - (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. - (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. - (+) Configure Master synchronization. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ - defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ - defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) - -/** - * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. - * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to - * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, - * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) - * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the - * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time - * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed - * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || - (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) - { - /* Select the Input trigger */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; - } - - /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - /* Select the Commutation event source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. - * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to - * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, - * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) - * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the - * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time - * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed - * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || - (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) - { - /* Select the Input trigger */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; - } - - /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - /* Select the Commutation event source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; - - /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. - * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to - * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, - * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) - * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the - * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time - * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. - * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected - * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed - * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer - * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || - (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) - { - /* Select the Input trigger */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; - htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; - } - - /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; - /* Select the Commutation event source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; - htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; - - /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ - /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; - - /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ - __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State - * and the AOE(automatic output enable). - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig : pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, - TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, - the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ - htim->Instance->BDTR = (uint32_t)sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity | - sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput; - - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ - /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ - /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ - -/** - * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. - * @param htim : TIM handle. - * @param sMasterConfig : pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that - * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave - * mode. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); - assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); - - __HAL_LOCK(htim); - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Reset the MMS Bits */ - htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; - /* Select the TRGO source */ - htim->Instance->CR2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; - - /* Reset the MSM Bit */ - htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; - /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ - htim->Instance->SMCR |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; - - htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extension Callbacks functions - * @brief Extension Callbacks functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extension Callbacks functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This section provides Extension TIM callback functions: - (+) Timer Commutation callback - (+) Timer Break callback - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode - * @param htim : TIM handle - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(htim); - /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. - * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. - * @retval None - */ -void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - - htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; - - HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ - defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ - defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) - -/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extension Peripheral State functions - * @brief Extension Peripheral State functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Extension Peripheral State functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral - and the data flow. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state - * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) -{ - return htim->State; -} - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ - /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ - /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ - defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ - defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) - -/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. - * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral - * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 - * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 - * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 - * @param ChannelNState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. - * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. - * @retval None - */ -static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) -{ - uint32_t tmp = 0; - - tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel; - - /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; - - /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ - TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel); -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ - /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ - /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ - -#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f06df7..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1921 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief UART HAL module driver. - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral: - * + Initialization and de-initialization functions - * + IO operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State and Errors functions - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: - - (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. - - (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: - (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. - (##) UART pins configuration: - (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. - (+++) Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input). - (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() - and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): - (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. - (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. - (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() - and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): - (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. - (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. - (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required - Tx/Rx parameters. - (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. - (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. - (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete - interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. - (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle - (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) - - (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware - flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart Init structure. - - (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling - the HAL_UART_Init() API. - - (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling - the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. - - (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. - - (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling - the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. - - [..] - (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, - RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit - and receive process. - - [..] - (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the - low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customed - HAL_UART_MspInit() API. - - [..] - Three operation modes are available within this driver : - - *** Polling mode IO operation *** - ================================= - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() - (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() - - *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** - =================================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback - - *** DMA mode IO operation *** - ============================== - [..] - (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() - (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback - (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() - (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback - (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback - (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can - add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback - (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() - (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() - (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() - - *** UART HAL driver macros list *** - ============================================= - [..] - Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. - - (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral - (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral - (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not - (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag - (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt - (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt - (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not - - [..] - (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup UART UART - * @brief HAL UART module driver - * @{ - */ -#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED - -/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ -/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static void UART_SetConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); -static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); -/** - * @} - */ - -/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions - * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions - * -@verbatim -=============================================================================== - ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy - in asynchronous mode. - (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: - (++) Baud Rate - (++) Word Length - (++) Stop Bit - (++) Parity - (++) Hardware flow control - (++) Receiver/transmitter modes - [..] - The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs - follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor - configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manuals - (RM0008 for STM32F10Xxx MCUs and RM0041 for STM32F100xx MCUs)). - - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/* - Additionnal remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written - in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. - Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), - the possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table: - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ - | M bit | PCE bit | UART frame | - |---------------------|---------------------------------------| - | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | - |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| - | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | - |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| - | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | - |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| - | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | - +-------------------------------------------------------------+ -*/ - -/** - * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in - * the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) - { - /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 */ - assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); - } - else - { - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - } - assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state */ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check UART instance */ - assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); - - /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state*/ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param BreakDetectLength: Specifies the LIN break detection length. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection - * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the LIN UART instance */ - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); - - /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); - - /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state*/ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initializes the Multi-Processor mode according to the specified - * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param Address: UART node address - * @param WakeUpMethod: specifies the UART wakeup method. - * This parameter can be one of the following values: - * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: Wakeup by an idle line detection - * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: Wakeup by an address mark - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check UART instance capabilities */ - assert_param(IS_UART_MULTIPROCESSOR_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Check the Address & wake up method parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); - assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESS(Address)); - assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); - assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) - { - /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ - huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; - - /* Init the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ - UART_SetConfig(huart); - - /* In Multi-Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: - - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, - - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); - - /* Set the USART address node */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, Address); - - /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); - - /* Enable the peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); - - /* Initialize the UART state */ - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the UART handle allocation */ - if(huart == NULL) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the Peripheral */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); - - huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0; - huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0; - huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0; - - /* DeInit the low level hardware */ - HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; - - /* Process Unlock */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief UART MSP Init. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief UART MSP DeInit. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions - * @brief UART Transmit and Receive functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### IO operation functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous - and Half duplex data transfers. - - (#) There are two modes of transfer: - (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. - The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function - after finishing transfer. - (++) Non blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts - or DMA, these APIs return the HAL status. - The end of the data processing will be indicated through the - dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when - using DMA mode. - The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks - will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or receive process. - The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when - a communication error is detected. - - (#) Blocking mode APIs are: - (++) HAL_UART_Transmit() - (++) HAL_UART_Receive() - - (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are: - (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() - (++) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() - (++) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() - - (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are: - (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() - (++) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() - (++) HAL_UART_DMAPause() - (++) HAL_UART_DMAResume() - (++) HAL_UART_DMAStop() - - (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non blocking mode: - (++) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() - (++) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() - - [..] - (@) In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit - and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX - can't be useful. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - huart->TxXferSize = Size; - huart->TxXferCount = Size; - while(huart->TxXferCount > 0) - { - huart->TxXferCount--; - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; - huart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - pData +=2; - } - else - { - pData +=1; - } - } - else - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - huart->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); - } - } - - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - - /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - huart->RxXferSize = Size; - huart->RxXferCount = Size; - - /* Check the remain data to be received */ - while(huart->RxXferCount > 0) - { - huart->RxXferCount--; - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - pData +=2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - pData +=1; - } - - } - else - { - if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - - } - } - - /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->TxXferSize = Size; - huart->TxXferCount = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - /* Enable the UART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->RxXferSize = Size; - huart->RxXferCount = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - - /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->TxXferSize = Size; - huart->TxXferCount = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - - /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; - - /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, Size); - - /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer - * @param Size: Amount of data to be received - * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain - * the parity bit (MSB position) - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) -{ - uint32_t *tmp; - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) - { - if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) - { - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; - huart->RxXferSize = Size; - - huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - - /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; - - /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ - huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; - - /* Set the DMA error callback */ - huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; - - /* Enable the DMA channel */ - tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; - HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); - - /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); - } - else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); - } - else if (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) - { - /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); - } - else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun flag before resumming the Rx transfer*/ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); - /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); - } - else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - /* Clear the Overrun flag before resumming the Rx transfer*/ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); - /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); - } - else - { - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_ERROR; - } - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application - to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(): - when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated - and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() - */ - - /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); - - /* Abort the UART DMA tx channel */ - if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); - } - /* Abort the UART DMA rx channel */ - if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) - { - HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); - } - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint32_t tmp_flag = 0, tmp_it_source = 0; - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_PE); - tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_PE); - /* UART parity error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; - } - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_FE); - tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - /* UART frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; - } - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_NE); - /* UART noise error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; - } - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_ORE); - /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; - } - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE); - tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - UART_Receive_IT(huart); - } - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE); - tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - UART_Transmit_IT(huart); - } - - tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); - tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TC); - /* UART in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/ - if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) - { - UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); - } - - if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) - { - /* Clear all the error flag at once */ - __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(huart); - - /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); - } -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @brief UART error callbacks. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ - __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ - UNUSED(huart); - /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, - the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file - */ -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief UART control functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART: - (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API can be helpful to transmit the break character. - (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API can be helpful to enter the UART in mute mode. - (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode() API can be helpful to exit the UART mute mode by software. - (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API to enable the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver in Half Duplex mode - (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API to enable the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter in Half Duplex mode - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Transmits break characters. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Send break characters */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_SBK); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enters the UART in mute mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Exits the UART mute mode: wake up software. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); - - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Clear TE and RE bits */ - /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), USART_CR1_TE); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Process Locked */ - __HAL_LOCK(huart); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; - - /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ - /* Clear TE and RE bits */ - /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), USART_CR1_RE); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions - * @brief UART State and Errors functions - * -@verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of - UART communication process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication - process - (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral. - (+) HAL_UART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @brief Returns the UART state. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - return huart->State; -} - -/** -* @brief Return the UART error code -* @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART. -* @retval UART Error Code -*/ -uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - return huart->ErrorCode; -} - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions - * @brief UART Private functions - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode*/ - if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) - { - huart->TxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); - - /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); - } - /* DMA Circular mode */ - else - { - HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); - } -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - /* DMA Normal mode*/ - if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) - { - huart->RxXferCount = 0; - - /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit - in the UART CR3 register */ - CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); - - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - } - HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; - - HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. - * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) -{ - UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; - huart->RxXferCount = 0; - huart->TxXferCount = 0; - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; - HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); -} - -/** - * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @param Flag: specifies the UART flag to check. - * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). - * @param Timeout: Timeout duration - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) -{ - uint32_t tickstart = 0; - - /* Get tick */ - tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); - - /* Wait until flag is set */ - if(Status == RESET) - { - while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) == RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - else - { - while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) != RESET) - { - /* Check for the Timeout */ - if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) - { - if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) - { - /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - - /* Process Unlocked */ - __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); - - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr; - huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - huart->pTxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - - if(--huart->TxXferCount == 0) - { - /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); - - /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - - -/** - * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. - * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); - - /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; - } - else - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - - HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint16_t* tmp; - uint32_t tmp_state = 0; - - tmp_state = huart->State; - if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) - { - if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) - { - tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr; - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); - huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2; - } - else - { - *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); - huart->pRxBuffPtr += 1; - } - } - else - { - if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) - { - *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); - } - else - { - *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); - } - } - - if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0) - { - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); - - /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ - if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) - { - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; - } - else - { - /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); - - /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ - __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); - - huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; - } - HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); - - return HAL_OK; - } - return HAL_OK; - } - else - { - return HAL_BUSY; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Configures the UART peripheral. - * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified UART module. - * @retval None - */ -static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; - - /* Check the parameters */ - assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); - assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); - assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); - assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); - - /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR2 Configuration ------*/ - /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according - * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); - - /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR1 Configuration ------*/ - /* Configure the UART Word Length, Parity and mode: - Set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value - Set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value - Set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value */ - tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode ; - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, - (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), - tmpreg); - - /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR3 Configuration ------*/ - /* Configure the UART HFC: Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value */ - MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE), huart->Init.HwFlowCtl); - - /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : BRR Configuration ------*/ - if((huart->Instance == USART1)) - { - huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); - } - else - { - huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); - } -} -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c b/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1b673cd..0000000 --- a/stm32cubemx/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2211 +0,0 @@ -/** - ****************************************************************************** - * @file stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c - * @author MCD Application Team - * @version V1.0.4 - * @date 29-April-2016 - * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver. - * - * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following - * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: - * + Initialization/de-initialization functions - * + I/O operation functions - * + Peripheral Control functions - * + Peripheral State functions - * - @verbatim - ============================================================================== - ##### How to use this driver ##### - ============================================================================== - [..] - (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure. - - (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral. - - (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes. - - @endverbatim - ****************************************************************************** - * @attention - * - * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, - * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" - * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE - * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE - * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL - * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR - * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER - * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, - * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - ****************************************************************************** - */ - -/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ -#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" - -/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup USB_LL USB Low Layer - * @brief Low layer module for USB_FS and USB_OTG_FS drivers - * @{ - */ - -#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) - -#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ - defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ - defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) - -/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ -/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) -/** @defgroup USB_LL_Private_Functions USB Low Layer Private Functions - * @{ - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx); -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ -/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions - * @{ - */ - -/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions - * @brief management functions - * -@verbatim - =============================================================================== - ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### - =============================================================================== - [..] - This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data - transfers. - -@endverbatim - * @{ - */ - -/*============================================================================== - USB OTG FS peripheral available on STM32F105xx and STM32F107xx devices -==============================================================================*/ -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) - -/** - * @brief Initializes the USB Core - * @param USBx: USB Instance - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - /* Select FS Embedded PHY */ - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL; - - /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */ - USB_CoreReset(USBx); - - /* Deactivate the power down*/ - USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt - * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt - * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param mode : current core mode - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode - * @arg USB_HOST_MODE: Host mode - * @arg USB_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_ModeTypeDef mode) -{ - USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD); - - if ( mode == USB_HOST_MODE) - { - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD; - } - else if ( mode == USB_DEVICE_MODE) - { - USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD; - } - HAL_Delay(50); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers - * for device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) - { - USBx->DIEPTXF[index] = 0; - } - - /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */ - USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN; - - /* Restart the Phy Clock */ - USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; - - /* Device mode configuration */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80; - - /* Set Full speed phy */ - USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL); - - /* Flush the FIFOs */ - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */ - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - - /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */ - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; - - for (index = 0; index < cfg.dev_endpoints; index++) - { - if ((USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) - { - USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK); - } - else - { - USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL = 0; - } - - USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPTSIZ = 0; - USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; - } - - for (index = 0; index < cfg.dev_endpoints; index++) - { - if ((USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) - { - USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK); - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL = 0; - } - - USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; - USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; - } - - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM); - - /* Disable all interrupts. */ - USBx->GINTMSK = 0; - - /* Clear any pending interrupts */ - USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF; - - /* Enable the common interrupts */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; - - /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); - - if(cfg.Sof_enable) - { - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM; - } - - if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE) - { - USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param num : FIFO number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - USBx->GRSTCTL = ( USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)( num << 6)); - - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH; - - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register - * depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device. - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param speed : device speed - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - * @retval Hal status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed; - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the Dev Speed - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval speed : device speed - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - */ -uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint8_t speed = 0; - - if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)|| - ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ)) - { - speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; - } - else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) - { - speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW; - } - - return speed; -} - -/** - * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in) - { - /* Assign a Tx FIFO */ - ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num; - } - /* Set initial data PID. */ - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK ) - { - ep->data_pid_start = 0; - } - - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); - - if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); - } - } - else - { - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); - - if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ - (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - /* Read DEPCTLn register */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; - } - else - { - USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - uint16_t pktcnt = 0; - - /* IN endpoint */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - /* Zero Length Packet? */ - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - } - else - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count - * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + - * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet - * exist ? 1 : 0) - */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ; - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29)); - } - } - - if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ - if (ep->xfer_len > 0) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num; - } - } - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM; - } - else - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; - } - } - - /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len); - } - } - else /* OUT endpoint */ - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: - * pktcnt = N - * xfersize = N * maxpacket - */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); - } - else - { - pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket; - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt)); - } - - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) - { - if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM; - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; - } - } - /* EP enable */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP 0 - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - /* IN endpoint */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - /* Zero Length Packet? */ - if (ep->xfer_len == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - } - else - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count - * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + - * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet - * exist ? 1 : 0) - */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - - if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) - { - ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; - } - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); - } - - /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ - if (ep->xfer_len > 0) - { - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num); - } - - /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); - } - else /* OUT endpoint */ - { - /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: - * pktcnt = N - * xfersize = N * maxpacket - */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); - - if (ep->xfer_len > 0) - { - ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; - } - - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket)); - - /* EP enable */ - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated - * with the EP/channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param src : pointer to source buffer - * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number - * @param len : Number of bytes to write - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len) -{ - uint32_t count32b = 0 , index = 0; - - count32b = (len + 3) / 4; - for (index = 0; index < count32b; index++, src += 4) - { - USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated - * with the EP/channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param dest : destination pointer - * @param len : Number of bytes to read - * @retval pointer to destination buffer - */ -void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4; - - for ( index = 0; index < count32b; index++, dest += 4 ) - { - *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0); - - } - return ((void *)dest); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS); - } - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; - } - else - { - if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS); - } - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) - { - USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ - } - } - else - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; - if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) - { - USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - /* Clear Pending interrupt */ - for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) - { - USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; - USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; - } - USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Clear interrupt masks */ - USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; - USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; - - /* Flush the FIFO */ - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10 ); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param address : new device address to be assigned - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD); - USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; - HAL_Delay(3); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS; - HAL_Delay(3); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - tmpreg = USBx->GINTSTS; - tmpreg &= USBx->GINTMSK; - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; - tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; - return ((tmpreg & 0xffff0000) >> 16); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; - tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; - return ((tmpreg & 0xFFFF)); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - tmpreg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT; - tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK; - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0, msk = 0, emp = 0; - - msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK; - emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK; - msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7; - tmpreg = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk; - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param interrupt : interrupt flag - * @retval None - */ -void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) -{ - USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt; -} - -/** - * @brief Returns USB core mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval return core mode : Host or Device - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * 0 : Host - * 1 : Device - */ -uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1); -} - -/** - * @brief Activate EP0 for Setup transactions - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */ - USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ; - - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) - { - USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3; - } - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup) -{ - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8); - USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers - * for Host mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - uint32_t index = 0; - - /* Restart the Phy Clock */ - USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; - - /* no VBUS sensing*/ - USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSASEN); - USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN); - - /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */ - if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&& - (USBx != USB_OTG_FS)) - { - USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS; - } - else - { - USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS); - } - - /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */ - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */ - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - - /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */ - for (index = 0; index < cfg.Host_channels; index++) - { - USBx_HC(index)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx_HC(index)->HCINTMSK = 0; - } - - /* Enable VBUS driving */ - USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1); - - HAL_Delay(200); - - /* Disable all interrupts. */ - USBx->GINTMSK = 0; - - /* Clear any pending interrupts */ - USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS) - { - /* set Rx FIFO size */ - USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x80; - USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80); - USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0); - } - - /* Enable the common interrupts */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; - - /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\ - USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the - * HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param freq : clock frequency - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock - * HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq) -{ - USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); - USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); - - if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ) - { - USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000; - } - else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ) - { - USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** -* @brief USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - * @note : (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms - * before clearing the reset bit. - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; - - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - - hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0); - HAL_Delay (10); /* See Note #1 */ - USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus - * @param state : VBUS state - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * 0 : VBUS Active - * 1 : VBUS Inactive - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state) -{ - __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; - - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ - USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); - - if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 )) - { - USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0); - } - if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 )) - { - USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Return Host Core speed - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval speed : Host speed - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - */ -uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; - - hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; - return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17); -} - -/** - * @brief Return Host Current Frame number - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval current frame number -*/ -uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM); -} - -/** - * @brief Initialize a host channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ch_num : Channel number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param epnum : Endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @param dev_address : Current device address - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 - * @param speed : Current device speed - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode - * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode - * @param ep_type : Endpoint Type - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type - * @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type - * @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type - * @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type - * @param mps : Max Packet Size - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, - uint8_t ch_num, - uint8_t epnum, - uint8_t dev_address, - uint8_t speed, - uint8_t ep_type, - uint16_t mps) -{ - /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */ - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - - /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */ - switch (ep_type) - { - case EP_TYPE_CTRL: - case EP_TYPE_BULK: - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ; - - if (epnum & 0x80) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; - } - break; - - case EP_TYPE_INTR: - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; - - if (epnum & 0x80) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; - } - - break; - - case EP_TYPE_ISOC: - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ - USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; - - if (epnum & 0x80) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM); - } - break; - } - - /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */ - USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num); - - /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM; - - /* Program the HCCHAR register */ - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |\ - (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\ - ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\ - (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\ - ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\ - (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ)); - - if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) - { - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Start a transfer over a host channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param hc : pointer to host channel structure - * @retval HAL state - */ -#if defined (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */ -#pragma O0 -#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */ -#pragma GCC optimize ("O0") -#endif /* __CC_ARM */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc) -{ - uint8_t is_oddframe = 0; - uint16_t len_words = 0; - uint16_t num_packets = 0; - uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */ - if (hc->xfer_len > 0) - { - num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet; - - if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count) - { - num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count; - hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; - } - } - else - { - num_packets = 1; - } - if (hc->ep_is_in) - { - hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; - } - - /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */ - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\ - ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ - (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID); - - is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1; - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29); - - /* Set host channel enable */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - - if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0)) - { - switch(hc->ep_type) - { - /* Non periodic transfer */ - case EP_TYPE_CTRL: - case EP_TYPE_BULK: - len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; - - /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ - if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) - { - /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM; - } - break; - - /* Periodic transfer */ - case EP_TYPE_INTR: - case EP_TYPE_ISOC: - len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; - /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ - if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */ - { - /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */ - USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM; - } - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */ - USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL state - */ -uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF); -} - -/** - * @brief Halt a host channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param hc_num : Host Channel number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */ - if (((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_CTRL << 18)) || ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_BULK << 18))) - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - - if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - do - { - if (++count > 1000) - { - break; - } - } - while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); - } - else - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - } - } - else - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - - if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - do - { - if (++count > 1000) - { - break; - } - } - while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); - } - else - { - USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Initiate Do Ping protocol - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param hc_num : Host Channel number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num) -{ - uint8_t num_packets = 1; - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ - USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING; - - /* Set host channel enable */ - tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR; - tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Stop Host Core - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL state - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint8_t index; - uint32_t count = 0; - uint32_t value = 0; - - USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx); - - /* Flush FIFO */ - USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10); - USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); - - /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */ - for (index = 0; index <= 15; index++) - { - value = USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR; - value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR = value; - } - - /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */ - for (index = 0; index <= 15; index++) - { - value = USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR ; - value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; - value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; - value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; - USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR = value; - - do - { - if (++count > 1000) - { - break; - } - } - while ((USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); - } - - /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */ - USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; - USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) - { - /* active Remote wakeup signalling */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* active Remote wakeup signalling */ - USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG); - return HAL_OK; -} - -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -/*============================================================================== - USB Device FS peripheral available on STM32F102xx and STM32F103xx devices -==============================================================================*/ -#if defined (USB) -/** - * @brief Initializes the USB Core - * @param USBx: USB Instance - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt - * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t winterruptmask = 0; - - /* Set winterruptmask variable */ - winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ - | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; - - /* Set interrupt mask */ - USBx->CNTR |= winterruptmask; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt - * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status -*/ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t winterruptmask = 0; - - /* Set winterruptmask variable */ - winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ - | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; - - /* Clear interrupt mask */ - USBx->CNTR &= ~winterruptmask; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param mode : current core mode - * This parameter can be one of the these values: - * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_ModeTypeDef mode) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB controller registers - * for device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains - * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg) -{ - /* Init Device */ - /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/ - USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; - - /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/ - USBx->CNTR = 0; - - /*Clear pending interrupts*/ - USBx->ISTR = 0; - - /*Set Btable Address*/ - USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param num : FIFO number - * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 - 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - /* initialize Endpoint */ - switch (ep->type) - { - case EP_TYPE_CTRL: - PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_CONTROL); - break; - case EP_TYPE_BULK: - PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_BULK); - break; - case EP_TYPE_INTR: - PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_INTERRUPT); - break; - case EP_TYPE_ISOC: - PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS); - break; - default: - break; - } - - PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num); - - if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) - { - if (ep->is_in) - { - /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */ - PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint*/ - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK); - } - else - { - /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */ - PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); - /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/ - PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket); - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/ - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); - } - } - /*Double Buffer*/ - else - { - /*Set the endpoint as double buffered*/ - PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num); - /*Set buffer address for double buffered mode*/ - PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num,ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1); - - if (ep->is_in==0) - { - /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - - /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ - PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); - } - else - { - /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) - { - if (ep->is_in) - { - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); - } - else - { - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); - } - } - /*Double Buffer*/ - else - { - if (ep->is_in==0) - { - /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - - /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ - PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); - } - else - { - /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); - } - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - uint16_t pmabuffer = 0; - uint32_t len = ep->xfer_len; - - /* IN endpoint */ - if (ep->is_in == 1) - { - /*Multi packet transfer*/ - if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) - { - len=ep->maxpacket; - ep->xfer_len-=len; - } - else - { - len=ep->xfer_len; - ep->xfer_len =0; - } - - /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */ - if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) - { - USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, len); - PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len); - } - else - { - /* Write the data to the USB endpoint */ - if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num)& USB_EP_DTOG_TX) - { - /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */ - PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); - pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1; - } - else - { - /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */ - PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); - pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0; - } - USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, len); - PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in); - } - - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID); - } - else /* OUT endpoint */ - { - /* Multi packet transfer*/ - if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) - { - len=ep->maxpacket; - ep->xfer_len-=len; - } - else - { - len=ep->xfer_len; - ep->xfer_len =0; - } - - /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */ - if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) - { - /*Set RX buffer count*/ - PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len); - } - else - { - /*Set the Double buffer counter*/ - PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); - } - - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated - * with the EP/channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param src : pointer to source buffer - * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number - * @param len : Number of bytes to write - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated - * with the EP/channel - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param dest : destination pointer - * @param len : Number of bytes to read - * @retval pointer to destination buffer - */ -void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return ((void *)NULL); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->num == 0) - { - /* This macro sets STALL status for RX & TX*/ - PCD_SET_EP_TXRX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL, USB_EP_TX_STALL); - } - else - { - if (ep->is_in) - { - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num , USB_EP_TX_STALL); - } - else - { - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num , USB_EP_RX_STALL); - } - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) -{ - if (ep->is_in) - { - PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID); - } - else - { - PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); - PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); - } - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */ - USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; - - /* clear interrupt status register */ - USBx->ISTR = 0; - - /* switch-off device */ - USBx->CNTR = (USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN); - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param address : new device address to be assigned - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) -{ - if(address == 0) - { - /* set device address and enable function */ - USBx->DADDR = USB_DADDR_EF; - } - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t tmpreg = 0; - - tmpreg = USBx->ISTR; - return tmpreg; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return (0); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return (0); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return (0); -} - -/** - * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param epnum : endpoint number - * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 - * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register - */ -uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return (0); -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param interrupt : interrupt flag - * @retval None - */ -void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ -} - -/** - * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup) -{ - /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used - only by USB OTG FS peripheral. - - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. - */ - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_RESUME; - - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx) -{ - USBx->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_RESUME); - return HAL_OK; -} - -/** - * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) - * @param USBx : pointer to USB register. - * @param pbUsrBuf : pointer to user memory area. - * @param wPMABufAddr : address into PMA. - * @param wNBytes : number of bytes to be copied. - * @retval None - */ -void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) -{ - uint32_t nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1; /* nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) / 2 */ - uint32_t index = 0, temp1 = 0, temp2 = 0; - uint16_t *pdwVal = NULL; - - pdwVal = (uint16_t *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400); - for (index = nbytes; index != 0; index--) - { - temp1 = (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf; - pbUsrBuf++; - temp2 = temp1 | (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf << 8; - *pdwVal++ = temp2; - pdwVal++; - pbUsrBuf++; - } -} - -/** - * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) - * @param USBx : pointer to USB register. -* @param pbUsrBuf : pointer to user memory area. - * @param wPMABufAddr : address into PMA. - * @param wNBytes : number of bytes to be copied. - * @retval None - */ -void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) -{ - uint32_t nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;/* /2*/ - uint32_t index = 0; - uint32_t *pdwVal = NULL; - - pdwVal = (uint32_t *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400); - for (index = nbytes; index != 0; index--) - { - *(uint16_t*)pbUsrBuf++ = *pdwVal++; - pbUsrBuf++; - } -} - -#endif /* USB */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/** - * @} - */ - -#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) -/** @addtogroup USB_LL_Private_Functions - * @{ - */ -/** - * @brief Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change) - * @param USBx : Selected device - * @retval HAL status - */ -static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) -{ - uint32_t count = 0; - - /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */ - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0); - - /* Core Soft Reset */ - count = 0; - USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST; - - do - { - if (++count > 200000) - { - return HAL_TIMEOUT; - } - } - while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST); - - return HAL_OK; -} -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ - -#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ - /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ - /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ - /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ - -#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ -/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |